#include "tree-pretty-print.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "target.h"
+#include "common/common-target.h"
#include "langhooks.h"
#include "hashtab.h"
#include "cgraph.h"
#include "tree-pass.h"
#include "tree-flow.h"
#include "cfglayout.h"
+#include "opts.h"
static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
static rtx last_var_location_insn;
+static rtx cached_next_real_insn;
#ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
#pragma GCC poison DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
#endif
-#ifndef INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
-#define INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX (gcc_unreachable (), NULL_RTX)
-#endif
-
-/* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
- collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
- .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
-#ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
-#define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
-#endif
-
-/* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
-static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm = 0;
-
-/* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
- translation unit. */
-
-int
-dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
-{
- /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
- have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
- we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
- if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
- return true;
-
- if (saved_do_cfi_asm)
- return true;
-
- if (targetm.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2)
- return true;
-
- if ((flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions)
- && targetm.except_unwind_info (&global_options) == UI_DWARF2)
- return true;
-
- return false;
-}
-
-/* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
-
-int
-dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
-{
- int enc;
-
-#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
- return false;
-#endif
- if (saved_do_cfi_asm)
- return true;
- if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm || !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
- return false;
- if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE)
- return false;
-
- /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
- In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
- enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
- if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
- return false;
- enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
- if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
- return false;
-
- /* If we can't get the assembler to emit only .debug_frame, and we don't need
- dwarf2 unwind info for exceptions, then emit .debug_frame by hand. */
- if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
- && !flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions
- && targetm.except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_DWARF2)
- return false;
-
- saved_do_cfi_asm = true;
- return true;
-}
-
/* The size of the target's pointer type. */
#ifndef PTR_SIZE
#define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
-static GTY(()) section *debug_dcall_section;
-static GTY(()) section *debug_vcall_section;
static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
-/* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
- personality CFI. */
-static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
-
-/* How to start an assembler comment. */
-#ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
-#define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
-#endif
-
-typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
-typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
-typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
-
-/* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
- Information instructions. The register number, offset
- and address fields are provided as possible operands;
- their use is selected by the opcode field. */
-
-enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
- dw_cfi_oprnd_unused,
- dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
- dw_cfi_oprnd_offset,
- dw_cfi_oprnd_addr,
- dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
-};
-
-typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct {
- unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
- HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
- const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
- struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
-}
-dw_cfi_oprnd;
-
-typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct {
- dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
- enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
- dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
- dw_cfi_oprnd1;
- dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
- dw_cfi_oprnd2;
-}
-dw_cfi_node;
-
-/* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
- as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
- It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
- Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
- of this structure. */
-typedef struct cfa_loc {
- HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
- HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
- unsigned int reg;
- BOOL_BITFIELD indirect : 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
- BOOL_BITFIELD in_use : 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
-} dw_cfa_location;
-
-/* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
- refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
- the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
- CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
- in the DWARF generation routines below. */
-
-typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct {
- tree decl;
- const char *dw_fde_begin;
- const char *dw_fde_current_label;
- const char *dw_fde_end;
- const char *dw_fde_vms_end_prologue;
- const char *dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue;
- const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
- const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
- const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
- const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
- dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
- dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
- HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment;
- unsigned funcdef_number;
- /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
- unsigned int drap_reg;
- /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
- unsigned int vdrap_reg;
- /* These 3 flags are copied from rtl_data in function.h. */
- unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
- unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
- unsigned nothrow : 1;
- /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
- unsigned stack_realign : 1;
- /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
- unsigned drap_reg_saved: 1;
- /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
- unsigned in_std_section : 1;
- /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
- cold_text_section. */
- unsigned cold_in_std_section : 1;
- /* True iff switched sections. */
- unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections : 1;
- /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
- unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot : 1;
-}
-dw_fde_node;
-
/* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
#define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
-/* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
- Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
- but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
- Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
- pointers. */
-#ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
-#define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
-#endif
-
-/* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
- relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
- DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
- as PTR_SIZE. */
-
-#ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
-#define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
-#endif
-
-/* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
-
-#ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
-#define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
-#endif
-
/* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
#define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
-/* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
-#ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
-#ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
-#define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
-#else
-#define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
-#endif
-#endif
-
/* CIE identifier. */
#if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
#define DWARF_CIE_ID \
#define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
#endif
-/* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
- information for each routine. */
-static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
-
-/* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
-static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
+DEF_VEC_P (dw_fde_ref);
+DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_fde_ref, gc);
-/* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
-static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
-
-/* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
- fde_table. */
-#define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
-
-/* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
-
-static inline dw_fde_ref
-current_fde (void)
-{
- return fde_table_in_use ? &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1] : NULL;
-}
-
-/* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
-static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
-
-/* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
- attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
- with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
- associated with the current function (body) definition. */
-static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
+/* A vector for a table that contains frame description
+ information for each routine. */
+static GTY(()) VEC(dw_fde_ref, gc) *fde_vec;
struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node {
const char *str;
static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
-/* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
- debug strings. */
-static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced = false;
-
static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
-static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
/* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
/* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
static char *stripattributes (const char *);
-static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
-static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
-static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
-static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
-static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *, dw_cfa_location *);
-static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
-static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
-static void initial_return_save (rtx);
-static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
- HOST_WIDE_INT);
-static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
-static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref);
static void output_call_frame_info (int);
static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
-static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx);
-static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
-
-/* Support for complex CFA locations. */
-static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref, int);
-static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref);
-static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
- struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
-static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
- (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
-static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_aligned_loc
- (HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT);
-static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
-static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *mem_loc_descriptor
- (rtx, enum machine_mode mode, enum var_init_status);
-
-/* How to start an assembler comment. */
-#ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
-#define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
-#endif
+
+/* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
+ personality CFI. */
+static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
/* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
#define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
#define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
#define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
#define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
-
-/* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
- is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
- registers. */
-#ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
-#ifdef PC_REGNUM
-#define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
-#else
-#define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
- default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
-#ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
-#define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
-#endif
\f
/* Match the base name of a file to the base name of a compilation unit. */
return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, false, false);
}
\f
-/* Hook used by __throw. */
-
-rtx
-expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
-{
- unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
- return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
-}
-
/* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
return stripped;
}
-/* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
- which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
+/* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
+ switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
+ for collect2 the first time around. */
static void
-init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
-{
- HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
- HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
- emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
-}
-
-/* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
-
-static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
-div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
+switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
{
- HOST_WIDE_INT r = off / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
- gcc_assert (r * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == off);
- return r;
-}
-
-/* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
- (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
+ tree label;
-static inline bool
-need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
-{
- return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT < 0 ? off > 0 : off < 0;
-}
+#ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
+ if (eh_frame_section == 0)
+ {
+ int flags;
-/* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
+ if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
+ {
+ int fde_encoding;
+ int per_encoding;
+ int lsda_encoding;
-void
-expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
-{
- unsigned int i;
- enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
- rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
- rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
- bool wrote_return_column = false;
+ fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
+ /*global=*/0);
+ per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
+ /*global=*/1);
+ lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
+ /*global=*/0);
+ flags = ((! flag_pic
+ || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
+ && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
+ && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
+ && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
+ && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
+ && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
+ ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
+ }
+ else
+ flags = SECTION_WRITE;
+ eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
+ }
+#endif /* EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME */
- for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
+ if (eh_frame_section)
+ switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
+ else
{
- int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
+ /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
+ the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
+ switch_to_section (data_section);
- if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
+ if (!back)
{
- HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
- enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
- HOST_WIDE_INT size;
-
- if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
- save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
- if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
- {
- if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
- continue;
- wrote_return_column = true;
- }
- size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
- if (offset < 0)
- continue;
-
- emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
- gen_int_mode (size, mode));
+ label = get_file_function_name ("F");
+ ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
+ targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
+ IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
+ ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
}
}
+}
- if (!wrote_return_column)
- init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
-
-#ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
- init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
-#endif
+/* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
+ FOR_EH. */
- targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address);
+static void
+switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
+{
+ if (for_eh)
+ switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
+ else
+ {
+ if (!debug_frame_section)
+ debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
+ SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
+ switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
+ }
}
-/* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
+/* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
-static const char *
-dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
+enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
+dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
{
- switch (cfi_opc)
+ switch (cfi)
{
- case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
- return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
- case DW_CFA_offset:
- return "DW_CFA_offset";
- case DW_CFA_restore:
- return "DW_CFA_restore";
case DW_CFA_nop:
- return "DW_CFA_nop";
+ case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
+ case DW_CFA_remember_state:
+ case DW_CFA_restore_state:
+ return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
+
case DW_CFA_set_loc:
- return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
- return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
- return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
- return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
+ case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
+ return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
+
+ case DW_CFA_offset:
case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
- return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
+ case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
+ case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
+ case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
+ case DW_CFA_restore:
case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
- return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
case DW_CFA_undefined:
- return "DW_CFA_undefined";
case DW_CFA_same_value:
- return "DW_CFA_same_value";
- case DW_CFA_register:
- return "DW_CFA_register";
- case DW_CFA_remember_state:
- return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
- case DW_CFA_restore_state:
- return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
- return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
- return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
- return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
-
- /* DWARF 3 */
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
- return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
+ case DW_CFA_register:
case DW_CFA_expression:
- return "DW_CFA_expression";
- case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
- return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
- return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
- return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
-
- /* SGI/MIPS specific */
- case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
- return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
+ return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
- /* GNU extensions */
- case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
- return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
+ case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
- return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
- case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
- return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
+ case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
+ return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
+
+ case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
+ return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
default:
- return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
+ gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
-/* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
+/* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
-static inline dw_cfi_ref
-new_cfi (void)
+enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
+dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
{
- dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc_dw_cfi_node ();
-
- cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
- cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
- cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
-
- return cfi;
-}
-
-/* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
-
-static inline void
-add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
-{
- dw_cfi_ref *p;
- dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
-
- /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
- CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
- /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
- because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
- stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
- if (0 && fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
- switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
- {
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
- gcc_unreachable ();
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- /* Find the end of the chain. */
- for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
- ;
-
- *p = cfi;
-}
+ switch (cfi)
+ {
+ case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
+ case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
+ case DW_CFA_offset:
+ case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
+ case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
+ return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
-/* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
- if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
+ case DW_CFA_register:
+ return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
-char *
-dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force)
-{
- static char label[20];
+ case DW_CFA_expression:
+ return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
- if (!force && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
- {
- /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
- the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
- interfaces happy. */
- strcpy (label, "<do not output>");
- }
- else
- {
- int num = dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++;
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", num);
- ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LCFI", num);
+ default:
+ return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
}
-
- return label;
}
-/* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
-static bool emit_cfa_remember;
-
-/* True if any CFI directives were emitted at the current insn. */
-static bool any_cfis_emitted;
-
-/* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
- or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
+/* Output one FDE. */
static void
-add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
-{
- dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
+output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
+ char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
+ bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
+{
+ const char *begin, *end;
+ static unsigned int j;
+ char l1[20], l2[20];
- if (emit_cfa_remember)
- {
- dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember;
+ targetm.asm_out.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
+ /* empty */ 0);
+ targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
+ for_eh + j);
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
+ if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
+ dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
+ " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
+ dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
+ "FDE Length");
+ ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
- /* Emit the state save. */
- emit_cfa_remember = false;
- cfi_remember = new_cfi ();
- cfi_remember->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_remember_state;
- add_fde_cfi (label, cfi_remember);
- }
+ if (for_eh)
+ dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
+ else
+ dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
+ debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
- list_head = &cie_cfi_head;
+ begin = second ? fde->dw_fde_second_begin : fde->dw_fde_begin;
+ end = second ? fde->dw_fde_second_end : fde->dw_fde_end;
- if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
+ if (for_eh)
{
- if (label)
- {
- dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
-
- gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
-
- /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
- works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
- emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
- convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
- DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
- convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
- if (dwarf_version == 2
- && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
- && (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
- || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG))
- {
- switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
- {
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
- case DW_CFA_restore_state:
- if (*label == 0 || strcmp (label, "<do not output>") == 0)
- label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
-
- if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
- || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
- {
- dw_cfi_ref xcfi;
-
- label = xstrdup (label);
-
- /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
- xcfi = new_cfi ();
- /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
- or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
- emitted into assembly, only looked up by
- convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
- xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_set_loc;
- xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
- add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
- fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
- }
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
-
- output_cfi_directive (cfi);
-
- list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
- any_cfis_emitted = true;
- }
- /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
- assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
- uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
- uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
- sure how to address this for now. */
+ rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
+ SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
+ dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
+ "FDE initial location");
+ dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
+ end, begin, "FDE address range");
}
- else if (label)
+ else
{
- dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
-
- gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
-
- if (*label == 0)
- label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
+ dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
+ dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
+ }
- if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
- || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
+ if (augmentation[0])
+ {
+ if (any_lsda_needed)
{
- dw_cfi_ref xcfi;
+ int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
+
+ if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
+ {
+ int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
+ + 4 /* CIE offset */
+ + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
+ + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
+ int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
- label = xstrdup (label);
+ size += pad;
+ gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
+ }
- /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
- xcfi = new_cfi ();
- /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
- set the location directly using set_loc. */
- xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
- ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
- : DW_CFA_set_loc;
- xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
- add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
- fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
+ if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
+ {
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
+ fde->funcdef_number);
+ dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
+ gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
+ false,
+ "Language Specific Data Area");
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
+ ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
+ dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
+ "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
+ }
}
-
- list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
- any_cfis_emitted = true;
+ else
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
}
- add_cfi (list_head, cfi);
-}
-
-/* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
-
-static void
-lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc, dw_cfa_location *remember)
-{
- switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
- {
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
- loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
- break;
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
- loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
- break;
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
- loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
- loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
- break;
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
- get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
- break;
+ /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with this FDE. */
+ fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
+ {
+ size_t from, until, i;
- case DW_CFA_remember_state:
- gcc_assert (!remember->in_use);
- *remember = *loc;
- remember->in_use = 1;
- break;
- case DW_CFA_restore_state:
- gcc_assert (remember->in_use);
- *loc = *remember;
- remember->in_use = 0;
- break;
+ from = 0;
+ until = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, fde->dw_fde_cfi);
- default:
- break;
- }
-}
+ if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin == NULL)
+ ;
+ else if (!second)
+ until = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index;
+ else
+ from = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index;
-/* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
+ for (i = from; i < until; i++)
+ output_cfi (VEC_index (dw_cfi_ref, fde->dw_fde_cfi, i), fde, for_eh);
+ }
-static void
-lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
-{
- dw_cfi_ref cfi;
- dw_fde_ref fde;
- dw_cfa_location remember;
+ /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
+ do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
+ associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
+ garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
+ cope with -ffunction-sections. */
- memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
- loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
- remember = *loc;
+#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
+ /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
+ switch *back* into the table section. */
+ switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
+ ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
+ switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
+#endif
- for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
- lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
+ /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
+ ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
+ floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
+ ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
- fde = current_fde ();
- if (fde)
- for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
- lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
+ j += 2;
}
-/* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
-static dw_cfa_location cfa;
-
-/* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
- from the CFA. */
-static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
-
-/* The current save location around an epilogue. */
-static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember;
-
-/* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
-static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
+/* Return true if frame description entry FDE is needed for EH. */
-/* The last args_size we actually output. */
-static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
+static bool
+fde_needed_for_eh_p (dw_fde_ref fde)
+{
+ if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
+ return true;
-/* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
- LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
- calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
+ if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde->decl))
+ return true;
-void
-dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
-{
- dw_cfa_location loc;
- loc.indirect = 0;
- loc.base_offset = 0;
- loc.reg = reg;
- loc.offset = offset;
- def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
-}
+ if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
+ return true;
-/* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
+ /* If exceptions are enabled, we have collected nothrow info. */
+ if (flag_exceptions && (fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls || fde->nothrow))
+ return false;
-static bool
-cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
-{
- return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
- && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
- && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
- && (loc1->indirect == 0
- || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
+ return true;
}
-/* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
- the dw_cfa_location structure. */
+/* Output the call frame information used to record information
+ that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
+ location of saved registers. */
static void
-def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
+output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
{
+ unsigned int i;
+ dw_fde_ref fde;
dw_cfi_ref cfi;
- dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
-
- cfa = *loc_p;
- loc = *loc_p;
-
- if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
- cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
-
- loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
- lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
+ char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
+ bool any_lsda_needed = false;
+ char augmentation[6];
+ int augmentation_size;
+ int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
+ int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
+ int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
+ int return_reg;
+ rtx personality = NULL;
+ int dw_cie_version;
- /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
- if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
+ /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
+ if (fde_vec == NULL)
return;
- cfi = new_cfi ();
-
- if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect && !old_cfa.indirect)
- {
- /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
- the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
- factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
- in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
- if (loc.offset < 0)
- cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
- else
- cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
- cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
- }
+ /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
+ if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
+ return;
-#ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
- else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
- && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
- && !loc.indirect
- && !old_cfa.indirect)
+ /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit
+ any EH unwind information. If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to
+ emit an empty label for an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We
+ want to avoid having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to
+ is discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function template
+ in C++ requires EH information, an explicit specialization doesn't. */
+ if (for_eh)
{
- /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
- indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
- offset has not changed. */
- cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
- cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
- }
-#endif
+ bool any_eh_needed = false;
- else if (loc.indirect == 0)
- {
- /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
- indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
- the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
- happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
- directive. */
- if (loc.offset < 0)
- cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
- else
- cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
- cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
- cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
- calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
- register-offset pair is available. */
- struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
+ FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_fde_ref, fde_vec, i, fde)
+ {
+ if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
+ any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
+ else if (fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde))
+ any_eh_needed = true;
+ else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO)
+ targetm.asm_out.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, 1, 1);
+ }
- cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
- loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
- cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
+ if (!any_eh_needed)
+ return;
}
- add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
-}
-
-/* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
- LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
- If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
- otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
-
-static void
-reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
-{
- dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
- dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
+ /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
+ if (flag_debug_asm)
+ app_enable ();
- cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
+ /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
+ switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
- /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
- FP. */
- if (fde
- && fde->stack_realign
- && sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
- {
- cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression;
- cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
- cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc
- = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset, fde->stack_realignment);
- }
- else if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
- {
- if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset))
- cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
- else if (reg & ~0x3f)
- cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
- else
- cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
- cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
- }
- else if (sreg == reg)
- cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
- else
- {
- cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
- cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
- }
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
+ ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
- add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
-}
+ /* Output the CIE. */
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
+ if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
+ dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
+ "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
+ dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
+ "Length of Common Information Entry");
+ ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
-/* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
- This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
- from the previous frame's window save area.
+ /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
+ use 0 to identify the CIE. */
+ dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
+ (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
+ "CIE Identifier Tag");
- ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
- assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
+ /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
+ use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
+ due to overflowing the return register column. */
+ return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
+ dw_cie_version = 1;
+ if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
+ dw_cie_version = 3;
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
-void
-dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
-{
- dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
+ augmentation[0] = 0;
+ augmentation_size = 0;
- cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
- add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
-}
+ personality = current_unit_personality;
+ if (for_eh)
+ {
+ char *p;
-/* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
- number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
-
-void
-dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
-{
- reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
-}
-
-/* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
- LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
-
-void
-dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
-{
- reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
-}
-
-/* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
- LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
-
-void
-dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
-{
- reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
-}
-
-/* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
- INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
-
-static void
-initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
-{
- unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
- HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
+ /* Augmentation:
+ z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
+ augmentation section.
+ L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
+ an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
+ R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
+ FDE code pointers.
+ P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
+ personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
- switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
- {
- case REG:
- /* RA is in a register. */
- reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
- break;
+ fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
+ per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
+ lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
- case MEM:
- /* RA is on the stack. */
- rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
- switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
+ p = augmentation + 1;
+ if (personality)
{
- case REG:
- gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
- offset = 0;
- break;
-
- case PLUS:
- gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
- offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
- break;
-
- case MINUS:
- gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
- offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
- break;
-
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
+ *p++ = 'P';
+ augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
+ assemble_external_libcall (personality);
}
-
- break;
-
- case PLUS:
- /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
- actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
- ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
- gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
- initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
- return;
-
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
-
- if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
- reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
-}
-
-/* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
- contains. */
-
-static HOST_WIDE_INT
-stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
- HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset)
-{
- const_rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
- const_rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
- HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
- enum rtx_code code;
-
- if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
- {
- code = GET_CODE (src);
-
- /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
- level to 0. */
- if (code == REG && src != stack_pointer_rtx)
+ if (any_lsda_needed)
{
- offset = -cur_args_size;
-#ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
- offset = -offset;
-#endif
- return offset - cur_offset;
+ *p++ = 'L';
+ augmentation_size += 1;
}
-
- if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
- || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
- || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
- return 0;
-
- /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
- offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
- if (code == PLUS)
- offset = -offset;
- return offset;
- }
-
- if (MEM_P (src) && !MEM_P (dest))
- dest = src;
- if (MEM_P (dest))
- {
- /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
- src = XEXP (dest, 0);
- code = GET_CODE (src);
-
- switch (code)
+ if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
{
- case PRE_MODIFY:
- case POST_MODIFY:
- if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
- {
- rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
- /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
- gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
- && CONST_INT_P (val));
- offset = -INTVAL (val);
- break;
- }
- return 0;
+ *p++ = 'R';
+ augmentation_size += 1;
+ }
+ if (p > augmentation + 1)
+ {
+ augmentation[0] = 'z';
+ *p = '\0';
+ }
- case PRE_DEC:
- case POST_DEC:
- if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
- {
- offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
- break;
- }
- return 0;
+ /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
+ if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
+ {
+ int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
+ + 4 /* CIE Id */
+ + 1 /* CIE version */
+ + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
+ + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
+ + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
+ + 1 /* RA column */
+ + 1 /* Augmentation size */
+ + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
+ int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
- case PRE_INC:
- case POST_INC:
- if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
- {
- offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
- break;
- }
- return 0;
+ augmentation_size += pad;
- default:
- return 0;
+ /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
+ iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
+ gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
}
}
- else
- return 0;
- return offset;
-}
-
-/* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
- indexed by INSN_UID. */
-
-static HOST_WIDE_INT *barrier_args_size;
-
-/* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
+ dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
+ if (dw_cie_version >= 4)
+ {
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "CIE Address Size");
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
+ }
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
+ dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
+ "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
-static HOST_WIDE_INT
-compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
- VEC (rtx, heap) **next)
-{
- HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
- int i;
+ if (dw_cie_version == 1)
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
+ else
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
- if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
+ if (augmentation[0])
{
- if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
- /* Nothing */;
- else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
- offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), cur_args_size, 0);
- else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
- || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
+ if (personality)
{
- /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
- for them. */
- for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
- offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
- cur_args_size, offset);
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
+ eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
+ dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
+ personality,
+ true, NULL);
}
- }
- else
- {
- rtx expr = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
- if (expr)
- {
- expr = XEXP (expr, 0);
- if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
- || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
- for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (expr, 0); i++)
- {
- rtx elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, i);
+ if (any_lsda_needed)
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
+ eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
- if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
- offset += stack_adjust_offset (elem, cur_args_size, offset);
- }
- }
+ if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
+ eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
}
-#ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
- offset = -offset;
-#endif
+ FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref, cie_cfi_vec, i, cfi)
+ output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
- cur_args_size += offset;
- if (cur_args_size < 0)
- cur_args_size = 0;
+ /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
+ ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
+ floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
+ ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
- if (JUMP_P (insn))
+ /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
+ FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_fde_ref, fde_vec, i, fde)
{
- rtx dest = JUMP_LABEL (insn);
+ unsigned int k;
- if (dest)
- {
- if (barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] < 0)
- {
- barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] = cur_args_size;
- VEC_safe_push (rtx, heap, *next, dest);
- }
- }
+ /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
+ if (for_eh && !fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde))
+ continue;
+
+ for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_second_begin ? 2 : 1); k++)
+ output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
+ augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
}
- return cur_args_size;
+ if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
+ dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
+#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
+ /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
+ get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
+ ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
+#endif
+
+ /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
+ if (flag_debug_asm)
+ app_disable ();
}
-/* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
+/* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
static void
-compute_barrier_args_size (void)
+dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
{
- int max_uid = get_max_uid (), i;
- rtx insn;
- VEC (rtx, heap) *worklist, *next, *tmp;
+ int enc;
+ rtx ref;
+ rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
- barrier_args_size = XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT, max_uid);
- for (i = 0; i < max_uid; i++)
- barrier_args_size[i] = -1;
+ fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
- worklist = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
- next = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
- insn = get_insns ();
- barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = 0;
- VEC_quick_push (rtx, worklist, insn);
- for (;;)
+ if (personality)
{
- while (!VEC_empty (rtx, worklist))
- {
- rtx prev, body, first_insn;
- HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size;
+ enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
+ ref = personality;
- first_insn = insn = VEC_pop (rtx, worklist);
- cur_args_size = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
- prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
- if (prev && BARRIER_P (prev))
- barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (prev)] = cur_args_size;
+ /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
+ handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
+ in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
+ of the weirder relocation types. */
+ if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
+ ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
- for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
- {
- if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn) || NOTE_P (insn))
- continue;
- if (BARRIER_P (insn))
- break;
+ fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc);
+ output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
+ fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
+ }
- if (LABEL_P (insn))
- {
- if (insn == first_insn)
- continue;
- else if (barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] < 0)
- {
- barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = cur_args_size;
- continue;
- }
- else
- {
- /* The insns starting with this label have been
- already scanned or are in the worklist. */
- break;
- }
- }
+ if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
+ {
+ char lab[20];
- body = PATTERN (insn);
- if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE)
- {
- HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size = cur_args_size;
- for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++)
- if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0))
- && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, i)))
- dest_args_size
- = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
- dest_args_size, &next);
- else
- cur_args_size
- = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
- cur_args_size, &next);
-
- if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0)))
- compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
- dest_args_size, &next);
- else
- cur_args_size
- = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
- cur_args_size, &next);
- }
- else
- cur_args_size
- = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn, cur_args_size, &next);
- }
- }
+ enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
+ current_function_funcdef_no);
+ ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
+ SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
- if (VEC_empty (rtx, next))
- break;
+ if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
+ ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
- /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
- tmp = next;
- next = worklist;
- worklist = tmp;
- VEC_truncate (rtx, next, 0);
+ fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc);
+ output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
+ fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
}
-
- VEC_free (rtx, heap, worklist);
- VEC_free (rtx, heap, next);
}
-/* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
- pushed onto the stack. */
+/* Allocate CURRENT_FDE. Immediately initialize all we can, noting that
+ this allocation may be done before pass_final. */
-static void
-dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
+dw_fde_ref
+dwarf2out_alloc_current_fde (void)
{
- dw_cfi_ref cfi;
-
- if (size == old_args_size)
- return;
-
- old_args_size = size;
-
- cfi = new_cfi ();
- cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
- cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
- add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
-}
-
-/* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
+ dw_fde_ref fde;
-static void
-dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, const char *label)
-{
- if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
- cfa.offset += offset;
-
- if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
- cfa_store.offset += offset;
-
- if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
- return;
-
-#ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
- offset = -offset;
-#endif
+ fde = ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_fde_node ();
+ fde->decl = current_function_decl;
+ fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
+ fde->fde_index = VEC_length (dw_fde_ref, fde_vec);
+ fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
+ fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
+ fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
+ fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
+ fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
- args_size += offset;
- if (args_size < 0)
- args_size = 0;
+ /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
+ cfun->fde = fde;
+ VEC_safe_push (dw_fde_ref, gc, fde_vec, fde);
- def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
- if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
- dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
+ return fde;
}
-/* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
- make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
- how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
+/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
+ the prologue. */
-static void
-dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
+void
+dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
- HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
- const char *label;
- int i;
-
- /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
- with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
- insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
- epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
- if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
- return;
-
- /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
- effects are for the target only and so current argument size
- shouldn't change at all. */
- if (final_sequence
- && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence, 0, 0))
- && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn))
- return;
-
- /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
- save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
- if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
- {
- if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
- {
- /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
- insn = PATTERN (insn);
- if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
- insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
- if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
- insn = SET_SRC (insn);
- gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
- dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
- }
- return;
- }
+ char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
+ char * dup_label;
+ dw_fde_ref fde;
+ section *fnsec;
+ bool do_frame;
- if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
- {
- if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
- dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
- return;
- }
- else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
- {
- /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
- BARRIER is at the end of function. */
- if (barrier_args_size == NULL && next_nonnote_insn (insn))
- compute_barrier_args_size ();
- if (barrier_args_size == NULL)
- offset = 0;
- else
- {
- offset = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
- if (offset < 0)
- offset = 0;
- }
+ current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
- offset -= args_size;
-#ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
- offset = -offset;
-#endif
- }
- else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
- offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), args_size, 0);
- else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
- || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
- {
- /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
- for them. */
- for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
- offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
- args_size, offset);
- }
- else
- return;
+ do_frame = dwarf2out_do_frame ();
- if (offset == 0)
+ /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c for
+ call-site information. We must emit this label if it might be used. */
+ if (!do_frame
+ && (!flag_exceptions
+ || targetm_common.except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_TARGET))
return;
- label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
- dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
-}
-
-/* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
- of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
- register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
-
-struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save {
- struct queued_reg_save *next;
- rtx reg;
- HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
- rtx saved_reg;
-};
-
-static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
-
-/* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
-struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data {
- rtx orig_reg;
- rtx saved_in_reg;
-};
-
-/* A list of registers saved in other registers.
- The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
- port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
- more efficient data structure. */
-static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
-static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
-
-static const char *last_reg_save_label;
-
-/* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
- SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
-
-static void
-queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
-{
- struct queued_reg_save *q;
-
- /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
- for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
- order. */
- for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
- if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
- break;
-
- if (q == NULL)
- {
- q = ggc_alloc_queued_reg_save ();
- q->next = queued_reg_saves;
- queued_reg_saves = q;
- }
+ fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
+ switch_to_section (fnsec);
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
+ current_function_funcdef_no);
+ ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
+ current_function_funcdef_no);
+ dup_label = xstrdup (label);
+ current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
- q->reg = reg;
- q->cfa_offset = offset;
- q->saved_reg = sreg;
+ /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
+ if (!do_frame)
+ return;
- last_reg_save_label = label;
-}
+ /* Cater to the various TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK implementations that
+ emit insns as rtx but bypass the bulk of rest_of_compilation, which
+ would include pass_dwarf2_frame. If we've not created the FDE yet,
+ do so now. */
+ fde = cfun->fde;
+ if (fde == NULL)
+ fde = dwarf2out_alloc_current_fde ();
-/* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
+ /* Initialize the bits of CURRENT_FDE that were not available earlier. */
+ fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
+ fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
+ fde->in_std_section = (fnsec == text_section
+ || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
-void
-dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
-{
- struct queued_reg_save *q;
+ /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
+ prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
+#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
+ if (file)
+ dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
+#endif
- for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
+ if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
+ dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
+ else
{
- size_t i;
- unsigned int reg, sreg;
-
- for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
- if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
- break;
- if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
- {
- gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
- num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
- }
- if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
- {
- regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
- regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
- }
+ rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
+ if (!current_unit_personality)
+ current_unit_personality = personality;
- reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
- if (q->saved_reg)
- sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
- else
- sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
- reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
+ /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
+ asm, at the point where we emit the CFI data, there is no current
+ function anymore. */
+ if (personality && current_unit_personality != personality)
+ sorry ("multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
+ "supporting .cfi_personality directive");
}
-
- queued_reg_saves = NULL;
- last_reg_save_label = NULL;
}
-/* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
- location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
- said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
- have a new location for? */
+/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code
+ for a function prologue. This gets called *after* the prologue code has
+ been generated. */
-static bool
-clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn)
+void
+dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
- struct queued_reg_save *q;
-
- for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
- {
- size_t i;
- if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
- return true;
- for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
- if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
- && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
- return true;
- }
+ char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
- return false;
+ /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
+ function. */
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL,
+ current_function_funcdef_no);
+ ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL,
+ current_function_funcdef_no);
+ cfun->fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue = xstrdup (label);
}
-/* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
+/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code
+ for a function epilogue. This gets called *before* the prologue code has
+ been generated. */
void
-dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
+dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
- size_t i;
- unsigned int regno, sregno;
+ dw_fde_ref fde = cfun->fde;
+ char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
- for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
- if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
- break;
- if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
- {
- gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
- num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
- }
- regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
- regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
+ if (fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue)
+ return;
- regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
- sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
- reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
+ /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
+ function. */
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL,
+ current_function_funcdef_no);
+ ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL,
+ current_function_funcdef_no);
+ fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue = xstrdup (label);
}
-/* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
+/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
+ for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
+ been generated. */
-static rtx
-reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
+void
+dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
- unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
- size_t i;
- struct queued_reg_save *q;
+ dw_fde_ref fde;
+ char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
- for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
- if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
- return q->reg;
+ last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX;
+ cached_next_real_insn = NULL_RTX;
- for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
- if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
- && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
- return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
+ if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
+ fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
- return NULL_RTX;
+ /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
+ function. */
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
+ current_function_funcdef_no);
+ ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
+ fde = cfun->fde;
+ gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
+ if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin == NULL)
+ fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
}
-
-/* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
- or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
- value, not an offset. */
-static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
-
-/* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
-
-static void
-dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
+void
+dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
{
- memset (&cfa, 0, sizeof (cfa));
-
- switch (GET_CODE (pat))
- {
- case PLUS:
- cfa.reg = REGNO (XEXP (pat, 0));
- cfa.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1));
- break;
-
- case REG:
- cfa.reg = REGNO (pat);
- break;
-
- case MEM:
- cfa.indirect = 1;
- pat = XEXP (pat, 0);
- if (GET_CODE (pat) == PLUS)
- {
- cfa.base_offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1));
- pat = XEXP (pat, 0);
- }
- cfa.reg = REGNO (pat);
- break;
-
- default:
- /* Recurse and define an expression. */
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
+ /* Output call frame information. */
+ if (targetm.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2)
+ output_call_frame_info (0);
- def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
+ /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
+ if ((flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions)
+ && targetm_common.except_unwind_info (&global_options) == UI_DWARF2)
+ output_call_frame_info (1);
}
-/* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
+/* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
static void
-dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
+dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
{
- rtx src, dest;
-
- gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET);
- dest = XEXP (pat, 0);
- src = XEXP (pat, 1);
-
- switch (GET_CODE (src))
- {
- case PLUS:
- gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg);
- cfa.offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
- break;
-
- case REG:
- break;
-
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
-
- cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
- gcc_assert (cfa.indirect == 0);
-
- def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
+ section *sec = current_function_section ();
+ if (sec == text_section)
+ text_section_used = true;
+ else if (sec == cold_text_section)
+ cold_text_section_used = true;
}
-/* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
+static void var_location_switch_text_section (void);
+static void set_cur_line_info_table (section *);
-static void
-dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set, const char *label)
+void
+dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
{
- HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
- rtx src, addr, span;
+ section *sect;
+ dw_fde_ref fde = cfun->fde;
- src = XEXP (set, 1);
- addr = XEXP (set, 0);
- gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr));
- addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
+ gcc_assert (cfun && fde && fde->dw_fde_second_begin == NULL);
- /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
- switch (GET_CODE (addr))
+ if (!in_cold_section_p)
{
- case REG:
- gcc_assert (REGNO (addr) == cfa.reg);
- offset = -cfa.offset;
- break;
- case PLUS:
- gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) == cfa.reg);
- offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)) - cfa.offset;
- break;
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
+ fde->dw_fde_end = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
+ fde->dw_fde_second_begin = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
+ fde->dw_fde_second_end = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
}
-
- span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
-
- /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
- a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
- if (!span)
- reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
else
{
- /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
- Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
- int par_index;
- int limit;
- HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
+ fde->dw_fde_end = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
+ fde->dw_fde_second_begin = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
+ fde->dw_fde_second_end = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
+ }
+ have_multiple_function_sections = true;
- gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
+ /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
+ if (cold_text_section != NULL)
+ dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
- limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
- for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
- {
- rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
+ if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
+ fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
- reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem)),
- INVALID_REGNUM, span_offset);
- span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
- }
- }
-}
+ /* Now do the real section switch. */
+ sect = current_function_section ();
+ switch_to_section (sect);
-/* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
+ fde->second_in_std_section
+ = (sect == text_section
+ || (cold_text_section && sect == cold_text_section));
-static void
-dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set, const char *label)
-{
- rtx src, dest;
- unsigned sregno, dregno;
+ if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
+ dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
- src = XEXP (set, 1);
- dest = XEXP (set, 0);
+ var_location_switch_text_section ();
- if (src == pc_rtx)
- sregno = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
- else
- sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
-
- dregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest));
-
- /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
- a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
- reg_save (label, sregno, dregno, 0);
-}
-
-/* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_EXPRESSION note. */
-
-static void
-dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_expression (rtx set, const char *label)
-{
- rtx src, dest, span;
- dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
-
- dest = SET_DEST (set);
- src = SET_SRC (set);
-
- gcc_assert (REG_P (src));
- gcc_assert (MEM_P (dest));
-
- span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
- gcc_assert (!span);
-
- cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression;
- cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
- cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc
- = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (dest, 0), GET_MODE (dest),
- VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
-
- /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, were the interface different,
- and, as above, we could manage flushing for epilogues. */
- add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
-}
-
-/* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
-
-static void
-dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg, const char *label)
-{
- dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
- unsigned int regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
-
- cfi->dw_cfi_opc = (regno & ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended : DW_CFA_restore);
- cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = regno;
-
- add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
-}
-
-/* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
- which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
- address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
- LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
-
- This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
- cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
- users need not read the source code.
-
- The High-Level Picture
-
- Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
- assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
- should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
- work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
- enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
-
- Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
- This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
- copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
- then the new register is the one we will be using for register
- saves. This also seems to work.
-
- Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
- RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
- register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
- had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
- It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
- register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
- that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
- the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
- value as in the caller.
-
- Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
- offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
- use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
- the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
-
- In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
- register,
-
- Invariants / Summaries of Rules
-
- cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
- consists of a register and an offset.
- cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
- cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
- cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
- cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
- stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
- stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
- to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
-
- Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
- with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
- cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
- cfa_temp.offset.
-
- Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
- expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
- and cfa_temp.offset.
-
- Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
- stack.
-
- Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
- difference of the original location and cfa_store's
- location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
-
- Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
- stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
- expressions to represent the location of the stored
- register instead of CFA+offset.
-
- The Rules
-
- "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
- "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
-
- Rule 1:
- (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
- effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
- cfa.offset unchanged
- cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
- cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
-
- Rule 2:
- (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
- {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
- effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
- cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
- cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
- if cfa_store.reg==sp
-
- Rule 3:
- (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
- effects: cfa.reg = fp
- cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
-
- Rule 4:
- (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
- constraints: <reg1> != fp
- <reg1> != sp
- effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
- cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
- cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
-
- Rule 5:
- (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
- constraints: <reg1> != fp
- <reg1> != sp
- effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
- cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
-
- Rule 6:
- (set <reg> <const_int>)
- effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
- cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
-
- Rule 7:
- (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
- effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
- cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
-
- Rule 8:
- (set <reg> (high <exp>))
- effects: none
-
- Rule 9:
- (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
- effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
- cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
-
- Rule 10:
- (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
- effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
- cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
- cfa.reg = sp
- cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
-
- Rule 11:
- (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
- effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
- cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
- cfa.reg = sp
- cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
-
- Rule 12:
- (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
-
- <reg2>)
- effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
- cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
-
- Rule 13:
- (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
- effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
- cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
-
- Rule 14:
- (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
- effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
- cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
- cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
-
- Rule 15:
- (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
- effects: target-dependent
-
- Rule 16:
- (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
- constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
- effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
- cfa_store.offset = 0
- fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
-
- Rule 17:
- (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
- effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
-
- Rule 18:
- (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
- constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
- effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
- cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
-
- Rule 19:
- (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
- constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
- && cfa.offset == 0
- && cfa.indirect == 0
- && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
- effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
- cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
-
-static void
-dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
-{
- rtx src, dest, span;
- HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
- dw_fde_ref fde;
-
- /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
- the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
- it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
- are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
- flag is set in them. */
- if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
- {
- int par_index;
- int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
- rtx elem;
-
- /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
- ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
- It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
- easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
- handle register saves before register assignments. */
- if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
- for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
- {
- elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
- if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
- && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
- && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
- dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
- }
-
- for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
- {
- elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
- if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
- && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
- && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
- dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
- else if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
- && par_index != 0
- && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
- {
- /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
- stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
- HOST_WIDE_INT offset = stack_adjust_offset (elem, args_size, 0);
-
- if (offset != 0)
- dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
- }
- }
- return;
- }
-
- gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
-
- src = SET_SRC (expr);
- dest = SET_DEST (expr);
-
- if (REG_P (src))
- {
- rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
- if (rsi)
- src = rsi;
- }
-
- fde = current_fde ();
-
- switch (GET_CODE (dest))
- {
- case REG:
- switch (GET_CODE (src))
- {
- /* Setting FP from SP. */
- case REG:
- if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
- {
- /* Rule 1 */
- /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
- relative to the current CFA register.
-
- We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
- ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
- FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
- RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
- cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
- cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
- cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Saving a register in a register. */
- gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
- /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
- || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
- == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
-
- /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
- if drap register is used. In this case, we have
- to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
- don't generate this DWARF information. */
- if (fde
- && fde->stack_realign
- && REGNO (src) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
- gcc_assert (REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
- && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
- && cfa.reg != REGNO (src));
- else
- queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
- }
- break;
-
- case PLUS:
- case MINUS:
- case LO_SUM:
- if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
- {
- /* Rule 2 */
- /* Adjusting SP. */
- switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
- {
- case CONST_INT:
- offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
- break;
- case REG:
- gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
- == cfa_temp.reg);
- offset = cfa_temp.offset;
- break;
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
-
- if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
- {
- /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
- gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
- cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
- }
- else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
- /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
- ;
- else
- gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
-
- if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
- offset = -offset;
- if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
- cfa.offset += offset;
- if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
- cfa_store.offset += offset;
- }
- else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
- {
- /* Rule 3 */
- /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
- or adjusting the FP */
- gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
-
- gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
- && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
- && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
- offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
- if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
- offset = -offset;
- cfa.offset += offset;
- cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
- }
- else
- {
- gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
-
- /* Rule 4 */
- if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
- && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
- && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
- {
- /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
- into the FP later on. */
- offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
- cfa.offset += offset;
- cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
- /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
- cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
- cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
- }
-
- /* Rule 5 */
- else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
- && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
- && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
- {
- /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
- of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
- gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
- cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
- cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
- }
-
- /* Rule 9 */
- else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
- && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
- {
- cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
- cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
- }
- else
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
- break;
-
- /* Rule 6 */
- case CONST_INT:
- cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
- cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
- break;
-
- /* Rule 7 */
- case IOR:
- gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
- && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
- && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
-
- if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
- cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
- cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
- break;
-
- /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
- which will fill in all of the bits. */
- /* Rule 8 */
- case HIGH:
- break;
-
- /* Rule 15 */
- case UNSPEC:
- case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
- gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
- targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
- return;
-
- /* Rule 16 */
- case AND:
- /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
- we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
- alignment. */
- if (fde && XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
- {
- /* We interpret reg_save differently with stack_realign set.
- Thus we must flush whatever we have queued first. */
- dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
-
- gcc_assert (cfa_store.reg == REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)));
- fde->stack_realign = 1;
- fde->stack_realignment = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
- cfa_store.offset = 0;
-
- if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
- && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
- fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg;
- }
- return;
-
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
-
- def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
- break;
-
- case MEM:
-
- /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
- CFA register. */
- switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
- {
- /* Rule 10 */
- /* With a push. */
- case PRE_MODIFY:
- /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
- gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
- == CONST_INT);
- offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
-
- gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
- && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
-
- cfa_store.offset += offset;
- if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
- cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
-
- offset = -cfa_store.offset;
- break;
-
- /* Rule 11 */
- case PRE_INC:
- case PRE_DEC:
- offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
- offset = -offset;
-
- gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))
- == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
- && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
-
- cfa_store.offset += offset;
-
- /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
- reference to represent the address of the stored
- regiser. */
- if (fde
- && fde->stack_realign
- && src == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
- {
- gcc_assert (cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
- cfa_store.offset = 0;
- }
-
- if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
- cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
-
- offset = -cfa_store.offset;
- break;
-
- /* Rule 12 */
- /* With an offset. */
- case PLUS:
- case MINUS:
- case LO_SUM:
- {
- int regno;
-
- gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1))
- && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
- offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
- offset = -offset;
-
- regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
-
- if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) regno)
- offset -= cfa.offset;
- else if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
- offset -= cfa_store.offset;
- else
- {
- gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
- offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- /* Rule 13 */
- /* Without an offset. */
- case REG:
- {
- int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
-
- if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) regno)
- offset = -cfa.offset;
- else if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
- offset = -cfa_store.offset;
- else
- {
- gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
- offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- /* Rule 14 */
- case POST_INC:
- gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
- == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
- offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
- cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
- break;
-
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
-
- /* Rule 17 */
- /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
- register, basically the source is return address. Here
- we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
- if (!REG_P (src))
- break;
-
- if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
- && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
- && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
- {
- /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
-
- if (cfa.offset == 0)
- {
- /* Rule 19 */
- /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
- we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
- Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
- result of this expression equals to the original CFA
- value. */
- if (fde
- && fde->stack_realign
- && cfa.indirect == 0
- && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
- {
- dw_cfa_location cfa_exp;
-
- gcc_assert (fde->drap_reg == cfa.reg);
-
- cfa_exp.indirect = 1;
- cfa_exp.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
- cfa_exp.base_offset = offset;
- cfa_exp.offset = 0;
-
- fde->drap_reg_saved = 1;
-
- def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa_exp);
- break;
- }
-
- /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
- we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
- on the ARM. */
- def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
- queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
- break;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
- calculate the CFA. */
- rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
-
- if (!REG_P (x))
- x = XEXP (x, 0);
- gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
-
- cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
- cfa.base_offset = offset;
- cfa.indirect = 1;
- def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
- break;
- }
- }
-
- def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
- {
- span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
-
- if (!span)
- queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
- else
- {
- /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
- live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
- PARALLEL. */
- int par_index;
- int limit;
- HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
-
- gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
-
- limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
- for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
- {
- rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
-
- queue_reg_save (label, elem, NULL_RTX, span_offset);
- span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
- }
- }
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
-}
-
-/* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
- sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
- register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
-
- If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
- otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
-
-void
-dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
-{
- const char *label;
- rtx note, n;
- bool handled_one = false;
-
- if (insn == NULL_RTX)
- {
- size_t i;
-
- /* Flush any queued register saves. */
- dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
-
- /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
- lookup_cfa (&cfa);
- gcc_assert (cfa.reg
- == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
-
- cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
- cfa_store = cfa;
- cfa_temp.reg = -1;
- cfa_temp.offset = 0;
-
- for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
- {
- regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
- regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
- }
- num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
-
- if (barrier_args_size)
- {
- XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size);
- barrier_args_size = NULL;
- }
- return;
- }
-
- if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
- dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
-
- if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
- {
- /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
- matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
- is still used to save registers. */
- if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
- dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
- return;
- }
-
- label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
- any_cfis_emitted = false;
-
- for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
- switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
- {
- case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR:
- insn = XEXP (note, 0);
- goto found;
-
- case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA:
- dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note, 0), label);
- handled_one = true;
- break;
-
- case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA:
- n = XEXP (note, 0);
- if (n == NULL)
- {
- n = PATTERN (insn);
- if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
- n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
- }
- dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n, label);
- handled_one = true;
- break;
-
- case REG_CFA_OFFSET:
- n = XEXP (note, 0);
- if (n == NULL)
- n = single_set (insn);
- dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n, label);
- handled_one = true;
- break;
-
- case REG_CFA_REGISTER:
- n = XEXP (note, 0);
- if (n == NULL)
- {
- n = PATTERN (insn);
- if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
- n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
- }
- dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n, label);
- handled_one = true;
- break;
-
- case REG_CFA_EXPRESSION:
- n = XEXP (note, 0);
- if (n == NULL)
- n = single_set (insn);
- dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_expression (n, label);
- handled_one = true;
- break;
-
- case REG_CFA_RESTORE:
- n = XEXP (note, 0);
- if (n == NULL)
- {
- n = PATTERN (insn);
- if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
- n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
- n = XEXP (n, 0);
- }
- dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n, label);
- handled_one = true;
- break;
-
- case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP:
- n = XEXP (note, 0);
- if (REG_P (n))
- {
- dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
- if (fde)
- {
- gcc_assert (fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM);
- if (REG_P (n))
- fde->vdrap_reg = REGNO (n);
- }
- }
- handled_one = true;
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- if (handled_one)
- {
- if (any_cfis_emitted)
- dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
- return;
- }
-
- insn = PATTERN (insn);
- found:
- dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
-
- /* Check again. A parallel can save and update the same register.
- We could probably check just once, here, but this is safer than
- removing the check above. */
- if (any_cfis_emitted || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
- dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
-}
-
-/* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
- epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
- we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
- NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
-
-void
-dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue (rtx insn)
-{
- bool saw_frp = false;
- rtx i;
-
- /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
- frame related insns. */
- for (i = NEXT_INSN (insn); i ; i = NEXT_INSN (i))
- {
- if (!INSN_P (i))
- continue;
-
- /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
- if (returnjump_p (i))
- break;
- if (CALL_P (i) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i))
- break;
-
- if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == SEQUENCE)
- {
- int idx;
- rtx seq = PATTERN (i);
-
- if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
- break;
- if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))
- && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
- break;
-
- for (idx = 0; idx < XVECLEN (seq, 0); idx++)
- if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, idx)))
- saw_frp = true;
- }
-
- if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i))
- saw_frp = true;
- }
-
- /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
- save/restore pair. */
- if (!saw_frp)
- return;
-
- /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
- basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
- gcc_assert (i != NULL);
- i = next_real_insn (i);
- if (i == NULL)
- return;
-
- /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
- a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
- properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
- will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
- while (1)
- {
- rtx p = PREV_INSN (i);
- if (!NOTE_P (p))
- break;
- if (NOTE_KIND (p) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK)
- break;
- i = p;
- }
- emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE, i);
-
- emit_cfa_remember = true;
-
- /* And emulate the state save. */
- gcc_assert (!cfa_remember.in_use);
- cfa_remember = cfa;
- cfa_remember.in_use = 1;
-}
-
-/* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore
- required. */
-
-void
-dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
-{
- dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
- const char *label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
-
- cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_restore_state;
- add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
-
- gcc_assert (cfa_remember.in_use);
- cfa = cfa_remember;
- cfa_remember.in_use = 0;
-}
-
-/* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
-static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
- (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
-
-static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
-dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
-{
- switch (cfi)
- {
- case DW_CFA_nop:
- case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
- case DW_CFA_remember_state:
- case DW_CFA_restore_state:
- return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
-
- case DW_CFA_set_loc:
- case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
- case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
- case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
- case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
- return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
-
- case DW_CFA_offset:
- case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
- case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
- case DW_CFA_restore:
- case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
- case DW_CFA_undefined:
- case DW_CFA_same_value:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
- case DW_CFA_register:
- case DW_CFA_expression:
- return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
-
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
- case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
- return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
-
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
- return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
-
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
-}
-
-/* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
-static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
- (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
-
-static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
-dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
-{
- switch (cfi)
- {
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
- case DW_CFA_offset:
- case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
- case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
- return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
-
- case DW_CFA_register:
- return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
-
- case DW_CFA_expression:
- return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
-
- default:
- return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
- }
-}
-
-/* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
- switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
- for collect2 the first time around. */
-
-static void
-switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
-{
- tree label;
-
-#ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
- if (eh_frame_section == 0)
- {
- int flags;
-
- if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
- {
- int fde_encoding;
- int per_encoding;
- int lsda_encoding;
-
- fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
- /*global=*/0);
- per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
- /*global=*/1);
- lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
- /*global=*/0);
- flags = ((! flag_pic
- || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
- && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
- && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
- && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
- && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
- && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
- ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
- }
- else
- flags = SECTION_WRITE;
- eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
- }
-#endif /* EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME */
-
- if (eh_frame_section)
- switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
- else
- {
- /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
- the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
- switch_to_section (data_section);
-
- if (!back)
- {
- label = get_file_function_name ("F");
- ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
- targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
- IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
- ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
- }
- }
-}
-
-/* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
- FOR_EH. */
-
-static void
-switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
-{
- if (for_eh)
- switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
- else
- {
- if (!debug_frame_section)
- debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
- SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
- switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
- }
-}
-
-/* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
-
-static void
-output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
-{
- unsigned long r;
- HOST_WIDE_INT off;
-
- if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
- | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
- "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
- ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
- cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset));
- else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
- {
- r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
- "DW_CFA_offset, column %#lx", r);
- off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
- }
- else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
- {
- r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
- "DW_CFA_restore, column %#lx", r);
- }
- else
- {
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
- "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
-
- switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
- {
- case DW_CFA_set_loc:
- if (for_eh)
- dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
- ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
- gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
- false, NULL);
- else
- dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
- cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
- fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
- dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
- fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
- fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
- dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
- fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
- fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
- dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
- fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
- fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
- dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
- fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
- fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
- r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
- off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
- r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
- r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
- off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
- dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
- r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
- off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
- dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
- case DW_CFA_undefined:
- case DW_CFA_same_value:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
- r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_register:
- r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
- r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
- case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
- off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
- dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
- case DW_CFA_expression:
- output_cfa_loc (cfi, for_eh);
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
- /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
- gcc_unreachable ();
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
-
-static void
-output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
-{
- unsigned long r, r2;
-
- switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
- {
- case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
- case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
- case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
- case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
- case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
- case DW_CFA_set_loc:
- /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
- followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
- going to take care of this for us. */
- gcc_unreachable ();
-
- case DW_CFA_offset:
- case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
- case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
- r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
- r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_restore:
- case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
- r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r);
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_undefined:
- r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r);
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_same_value:
- r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r);
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
- r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
- r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
- r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r);
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_register:
- r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
- r2 = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r, r2);
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
- HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
- cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_remember_state:
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
- break;
- case DW_CFA_restore_state:
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size);
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
- if (flag_debug_asm)
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
- ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
- fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
- break;
-
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
- case DW_CFA_expression:
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", cfi->dw_cfi_opc);
- output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi);
- fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
- break;
-
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
-}
-
-DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref);
-DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref, heap);
-
-/* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
- CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
- be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
- other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
-
-static void
-output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi, bool do_cfi_asm, dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh)
-{
- struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf;
- dw_cfi_ref cfi2;
- dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size = NULL, cfi_cfa = NULL, cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
- VEC (dw_cfi_ref, heap) *regs = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, heap, 32);
- unsigned int len, idx;
-
- for (;; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
- switch (cfi ? cfi->dw_cfi_opc : DW_CFA_nop)
- {
- case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
- case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
- case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
- case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
- case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
- case DW_CFA_set_loc:
- /* All advances should be ignored. */
- break;
- case DW_CFA_remember_state:
- {
- dw_cfi_ref args_size = cfi_args_size;
-
- /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
- .cfi_restore_state. */
- for (cfi2 = cfi->dw_cfi_next; cfi2; cfi2 = cfi2->dw_cfi_next)
- if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore_state)
- break;
- else if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_GNU_args_size)
- args_size = cfi2;
- else
- gcc_assert (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_remember_state);
-
- if (cfi2 == NULL)
- goto flush_all;
- else
- {
- cfi = cfi2;
- cfi_args_size = args_size;
- }
- break;
- }
- case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
- cfi_args_size = cfi;
- break;
- case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
- goto flush_all;
- case DW_CFA_offset:
- case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
- case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
- case DW_CFA_restore:
- case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
- case DW_CFA_undefined:
- case DW_CFA_same_value:
- case DW_CFA_register:
- case DW_CFA_val_offset:
- case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf:
- case DW_CFA_expression:
- case DW_CFA_val_expression:
- case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
- if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs) <= cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num)
- VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs,
- cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num + 1);
- VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, cfi);
- break;
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
- cfi_cfa = cfi;
- cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
- break;
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
- cfi_cfa = cfi;
- break;
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
- cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
- break;
- case DW_CFA_nop:
- gcc_assert (cfi == NULL);
- flush_all:
- len = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs);
- for (idx = 0; idx < len; idx++)
- {
- cfi2 = VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, idx, NULL);
- if (cfi2 != NULL
- && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore
- && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore_extended)
- {
- if (do_cfi_asm)
- output_cfi_directive (cfi2);
- else
- output_cfi (cfi2, fde, for_eh);
- }
- }
- if (cfi_cfa && cfi_cfa_offset && cfi_cfa_offset != cfi_cfa)
- {
- gcc_assert (cfi_cfa->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression);
- cfi_buf = *cfi_cfa;
- switch (cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc)
- {
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
- cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
- cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
- break;
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
- cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
- cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
- break;
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
- case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
- cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc;
- cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd2;
- break;
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
- cfi_cfa = &cfi_buf;
- }
- else if (cfi_cfa_offset)
- cfi_cfa = cfi_cfa_offset;
- if (cfi_cfa)
- {
- if (do_cfi_asm)
- output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa);
- else
- output_cfi (cfi_cfa, fde, for_eh);
- }
- cfi_cfa = NULL;
- cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
- if (cfi_args_size
- && cfi_args_size->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset)
- {
- if (do_cfi_asm)
- output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size);
- else
- output_cfi (cfi_args_size, fde, for_eh);
- }
- cfi_args_size = NULL;
- if (cfi == NULL)
- {
- VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs);
- return;
- }
- else if (do_cfi_asm)
- output_cfi_directive (cfi);
- else
- output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
- break;
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
-}
-
-/* Output one FDE. */
-
-static void
-output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
- char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
- bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
-{
- const char *begin, *end;
- static unsigned int j;
- char l1[20], l2[20];
- dw_cfi_ref cfi;
-
- targetm.asm_out.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
- /* empty */ 0);
- targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
- for_eh + j);
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
- if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
- dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
- " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
- dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
- "FDE Length");
- ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
-
- if (for_eh)
- dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
- else
- dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
- debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
-
- if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
- {
- begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
- end = fde->dw_fde_end;
- }
- else
- {
- /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
- dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
- might be separated from the real start of the
- function by alignment padding. */
- if (!second)
- begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
- else if (fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
- begin = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label;
- else
- begin = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
- if (second ^ fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
- end = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
- else
- end = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
- }
-
- if (for_eh)
- {
- rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
- SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
- dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
- "FDE initial location");
- dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
- end, begin, "FDE address range");
- }
- else
- {
- dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
- dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
- }
-
- if (augmentation[0])
- {
- if (any_lsda_needed)
- {
- int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
-
- if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
- {
- int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
- + 4 /* CIE offset */
- + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
- + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
- int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
-
- size += pad;
- gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
- }
-
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
-
- if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
- {
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
- fde->funcdef_number);
- dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
- gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
- false,
- "Language Specific Data Area");
- }
- else
- {
- if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
- ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
- dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
- "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
- }
- }
- else
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
- }
-
- /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
- this FDE. */
- fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
- if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
- for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
- output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
- else if (!second)
- {
- if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
- for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
- {
- output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
- if (cfi == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
- break;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- dw_cfi_ref cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
-
- if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
- {
- cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next;
- fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
- output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, false, fde, for_eh);
- fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = cfi_next;
- }
- for (cfi = cfi_next; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
- output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
- }
-
- /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
- do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
- associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
- garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
- cope with -ffunction-sections. */
-
-#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
- /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
- switch *back* into the table section. */
- switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
- ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
- switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
-#endif
-
- /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
- ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
- floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
- ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
-
- j += 2;
-}
-
-/* Return true if frame description entry FDE is needed for EH. */
-
-static bool
-fde_needed_for_eh_p (dw_fde_ref fde)
-{
- if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
- return true;
-
- if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde->decl))
- return true;
-
- if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
- return true;
-
- /* If exceptions are enabled, we have collected nothrow info. */
- if (flag_exceptions && (fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls || fde->nothrow))
- return false;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/* Output the call frame information used to record information
- that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
- location of saved registers. */
-
-static void
-output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
-{
- unsigned int i;
- dw_fde_ref fde;
- dw_cfi_ref cfi;
- char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
- bool any_lsda_needed = false;
- char augmentation[6];
- int augmentation_size;
- int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
- int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
- int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
- int return_reg;
- rtx personality = NULL;
- int dw_cie_version;
-
- /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
- if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
- return;
-
- /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
- if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
- return;
-
- /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit
- any EH unwind information. If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to
- emit an empty label for an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We
- want to avoid having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to
- is discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function template
- in C++ requires EH information, an explicit specialization doesn't. */
- if (for_eh)
- {
- bool any_eh_needed = false;
-
- for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
- if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
- any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
- else if (fde_needed_for_eh_p (&fde_table[i]))
- any_eh_needed = true;
- else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO)
- targetm.asm_out.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
- 1, 1);
-
- if (!any_eh_needed)
- return;
- }
-
- /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
- if (flag_debug_asm)
- app_enable ();
-
- /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
- switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
-
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
- ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
-
- /* Output the CIE. */
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
- if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
- dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
- "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
- dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
- "Length of Common Information Entry");
- ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
-
- /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
- use 0 to identify the CIE. */
- dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
- (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
- "CIE Identifier Tag");
-
- /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
- use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
- due to overflowing the return register column. */
- return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
- dw_cie_version = 1;
- if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
- dw_cie_version = 3;
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
-
- augmentation[0] = 0;
- augmentation_size = 0;
-
- personality = current_unit_personality;
- if (for_eh)
- {
- char *p;
-
- /* Augmentation:
- z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
- augmentation section.
- L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
- an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
- R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
- FDE code pointers.
- P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
- personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
-
- fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
- per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
- lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
-
- p = augmentation + 1;
- if (personality)
- {
- *p++ = 'P';
- augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
- assemble_external_libcall (personality);
- }
- if (any_lsda_needed)
- {
- *p++ = 'L';
- augmentation_size += 1;
- }
- if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
- {
- *p++ = 'R';
- augmentation_size += 1;
- }
- if (p > augmentation + 1)
- {
- augmentation[0] = 'z';
- *p = '\0';
- }
-
- /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
- if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
- {
- int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
- + 4 /* CIE Id */
- + 1 /* CIE version */
- + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
- + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
- + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
- + 1 /* RA column */
- + 1 /* Augmentation size */
- + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
- int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
-
- augmentation_size += pad;
-
- /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
- iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
- gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
- }
- }
-
- dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
- if (dw_cie_version >= 4)
- {
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "CIE Address Size");
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
- }
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
- dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
- "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
-
- if (dw_cie_version == 1)
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
- else
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
-
- if (augmentation[0])
- {
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
- if (personality)
- {
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
- eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
- dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
- personality,
- true, NULL);
- }
-
- if (any_lsda_needed)
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
- eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
-
- if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
- eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
- }
-
- for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
- output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
-
- /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
- ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
- floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
- ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
-
- /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
- for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
- {
- unsigned int k;
- fde = &fde_table[i];
-
- /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
- if (for_eh && !fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde))
- continue;
-
- for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections ? 2 : 1); k++)
- output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
- augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
- }
-
- if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
- dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
-#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
- /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
- get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
- ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
-#endif
-
- /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
- if (flag_debug_asm)
- app_disable ();
-}
-
-/* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
-
-static void
-dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
-{
- int enc;
- rtx ref;
- rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
-
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
-
- if (personality)
- {
- enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
- ref = personality;
-
- /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
- handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
- in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
- of the weirder relocation types. */
- if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
- ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
-
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc);
- output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
- fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
- }
-
- if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
- {
- char lab[20];
-
- enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
- current_function_funcdef_no);
- ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
- SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
-
- if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
- ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
-
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc);
- output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
- fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
- }
-}
-
-/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
- the prologue. */
-
-void
-dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
- char * dup_label;
- dw_fde_ref fde;
- section *fnsec;
- bool do_frame;
-
- current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
-
- do_frame = dwarf2out_do_frame ();
-
- /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c for
- call-site information. We must emit this label if it might be used. */
- if (!do_frame
- && (!flag_exceptions
- || targetm.except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_TARGET))
- return;
-
- fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
- switch_to_section (fnsec);
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
- current_function_funcdef_no);
- ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
- current_function_funcdef_no);
- dup_label = xstrdup (label);
- current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
-
- /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
- if (!do_frame)
- return;
-
- /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
- if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
- {
- fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
- fde_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node, fde_table, fde_table_allocated);
- memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
- FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
- }
-
- /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
- current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
-
- /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
- fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
- fde->decl = current_function_decl;
- fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
- fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
- fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
- fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
- fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
- fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
- fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 0;
- fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = 0;
- fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
- fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue = NULL;
- fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue = NULL;
- fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
- fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = NULL;
- fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
- fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
- fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
- fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
- fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
- fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
- if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
- {
- section *unlikelysec;
- if (first_function_block_is_cold)
- fde->in_std_section = 1;
- else
- fde->in_std_section
- = (fnsec == text_section
- || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
- unlikelysec = unlikely_text_section ();
- fde->cold_in_std_section
- = (unlikelysec == text_section
- || (cold_text_section && unlikelysec == cold_text_section));
- }
- else
- {
- fde->in_std_section
- = (fnsec == text_section
- || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
- fde->cold_in_std_section = 0;
- }
-
- args_size = old_args_size = 0;
-
- /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
- prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
-#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
- if (file)
- dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
-#endif
-
- if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
- dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
- else
- {
- rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
- if (!current_unit_personality)
- current_unit_personality = personality;
-
- /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
- asm, at the point where we emit the CFI data, there is no current
- function anymore. */
- if (personality && current_unit_personality != personality)
- sorry ("multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
- "supporting .cfi_personality directive");
- }
-}
-
-/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code
- for a function prologue. This gets called *after* the prologue code has
- been generated. */
-
-void
-dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- dw_fde_ref fde;
- char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
-
- /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
- function. */
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL,
- current_function_funcdef_no);
- ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL,
- current_function_funcdef_no);
- fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
- fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue = xstrdup (label);
-}
-
-/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code
- for a function epilogue. This gets called *before* the prologue code has
- been generated. */
-
-void
-dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- dw_fde_ref fde;
- char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
-
- fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
- if (fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue)
- return;
-
- /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
- function. */
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL,
- current_function_funcdef_no);
- ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL,
- current_function_funcdef_no);
- fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue = xstrdup (label);
-}
-
-/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
- for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
- been generated. */
-
-void
-dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- dw_fde_ref fde;
- char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
-
- last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX;
-
- if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
-
- /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
- function. */
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
- current_function_funcdef_no);
- ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
- fde = current_fde ();
- gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
- fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
-}
-
-void
-dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
-{
- /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
- fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_fde_node (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
- fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
- fde_table_in_use = 0;
-
- /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
- sake of lookup_cfa. */
-
- /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
- dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
-
- if (targetm.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
- || targetm.except_unwind_info (&global_options) == UI_DWARF2)
- initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
-}
-
-void
-dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
-{
- /* Output call frame information. */
- if (targetm.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2)
- output_call_frame_info (0);
-
- /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
- if ((flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions)
- && targetm.except_unwind_info (&global_options) == UI_DWARF2)
- output_call_frame_info (1);
-}
-
-/* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
-
-static void
-dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
-{
- section *sec = current_function_section ();
- if (sec == text_section)
- text_section_used = true;
- else if (sec == cold_text_section)
- cold_text_section_used = true;
-}
-
-void
-dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
-{
- dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
-
- gcc_assert (cfun && fde && !fde->dw_fde_switched_sections);
-
- fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 1;
- fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = !in_cold_section_p;
-
- fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
- fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
- fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
- fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
- have_multiple_function_sections = true;
-
- /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
- don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
- fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
-
- /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
- if (cold_text_section != NULL)
- dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
-
- if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
-
- /* Now do the real section switch. */
- switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
-
- if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
- {
- dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
- /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
- again. */
- output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, true, fde, true);
- }
- else
- {
- dw_cfi_ref cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
-
- cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
- if (cfi)
- while (cfi->dw_cfi_next != NULL)
- cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next;
- fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = cfi;
- }
+ set_cur_line_info_table (sect);
}
\f
/* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
int emitted_number;
};
-typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
-typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
-typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref;
-typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
-typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
-
typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
{
tree variable;
DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref);
DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap);
-/* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
- can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
- implementation are listed below. */
-
-enum dw_val_class
-{
- dw_val_class_addr,
- dw_val_class_offset,
- dw_val_class_loc,
- dw_val_class_loc_list,
- dw_val_class_range_list,
- dw_val_class_const,
- dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
- dw_val_class_const_double,
- dw_val_class_vec,
- dw_val_class_flag,
- dw_val_class_die_ref,
- dw_val_class_fde_ref,
- dw_val_class_lbl_id,
- dw_val_class_lineptr,
- dw_val_class_str,
- dw_val_class_macptr,
- dw_val_class_file,
- dw_val_class_data8,
- dw_val_class_decl_ref,
- dw_val_class_vms_delta
-};
-
-/* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
-
-typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct {
- unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
- unsigned length;
- unsigned elt_size;
-}
-dw_vec_const;
-
-/* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
- represented internally. */
-
-typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct {
- enum dw_val_class val_class;
- union dw_val_struct_union
- {
- rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
- dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
- dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
- HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
- double_int GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double;
- dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
- struct dw_val_die_union
- {
- dw_die_ref die;
- int external;
- } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
- unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
- struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
- char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
- unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
- struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
- unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8[8];
- tree GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_decl_ref"))) val_decl_ref;
- struct dw_val_vms_delta_union
- {
- char * lbl1;
- char * lbl2;
- } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vms_delta"))) val_vms_delta;
- }
- GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
-}
-dw_val_node;
-
-/* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
- operations. */
-
-typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct {
- dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
- ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom) dw_loc_opc : 8;
- /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
- from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
- unsigned int dtprel : 1;
- int dw_loc_addr;
- dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
- dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
-}
-dw_loc_descr_node;
-
/* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
so you can track variables that are in different places over
their entire life. */
const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
hashval_t hash;
+ /* True if all addresses in this and subsequent lists are known to be
+ resolved. */
+ bool resolved_addr;
+ /* True if this list has been replaced by dw_loc_next. */
+ bool replaced;
bool emitted;
+ /* True if the range should be emitted even if begin and end
+ are the same. */
+ bool force;
} dw_loc_list_node;
static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
return "DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer";
case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
return "DW_OP_GNU_entry_value";
+ case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
+ return "DW_OP_GNU_const_type";
+ case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
+ return "DW_OP_GNU_regval_type";
+ case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
+ return "DW_OP_GNU_deref_type";
+ case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
+ return "DW_OP_GNU_convert";
+ case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
+ return "DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret";
+ case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
+ return "DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref";
default:
return "OP_<unknown>";
*d = descr;
}
+/* Compare two location operands for exact equality. */
+
+static bool
+dw_val_equal_p (dw_val_node *a, dw_val_node *b)
+{
+ if (a->val_class != b->val_class)
+ return false;
+ switch (a->val_class)
+ {
+ case dw_val_class_none:
+ return true;
+ case dw_val_class_addr:
+ return rtx_equal_p (a->v.val_addr, b->v.val_addr);
+
+ case dw_val_class_offset:
+ case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
+ case dw_val_class_const:
+ case dw_val_class_range_list:
+ case dw_val_class_lineptr:
+ case dw_val_class_macptr:
+ /* These are all HOST_WIDE_INT, signed or unsigned. */
+ return a->v.val_unsigned == b->v.val_unsigned;
+
+ case dw_val_class_loc:
+ return a->v.val_loc == b->v.val_loc;
+ case dw_val_class_loc_list:
+ return a->v.val_loc_list == b->v.val_loc_list;
+ case dw_val_class_die_ref:
+ return a->v.val_die_ref.die == b->v.val_die_ref.die;
+ case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
+ return a->v.val_fde_index == b->v.val_fde_index;
+ case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
+ return strcmp (a->v.val_lbl_id, b->v.val_lbl_id) == 0;
+ case dw_val_class_str:
+ return a->v.val_str == b->v.val_str;
+ case dw_val_class_flag:
+ return a->v.val_flag == b->v.val_flag;
+ case dw_val_class_file:
+ return a->v.val_file == b->v.val_file;
+ case dw_val_class_decl_ref:
+ return a->v.val_decl_ref == b->v.val_decl_ref;
+
+ case dw_val_class_const_double:
+ return (a->v.val_double.high == b->v.val_double.high
+ && a->v.val_double.low == b->v.val_double.low);
+
+ case dw_val_class_vec:
+ {
+ size_t a_len = a->v.val_vec.elt_size * a->v.val_vec.length;
+ size_t b_len = b->v.val_vec.elt_size * b->v.val_vec.length;
+
+ return (a_len == b_len
+ && !memcmp (a->v.val_vec.array, b->v.val_vec.array, a_len));
+ }
+
+ case dw_val_class_data8:
+ return memcmp (a->v.val_data8, b->v.val_data8, 8) == 0;
+
+ case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
+ return (!strcmp (a->v.val_vms_delta.lbl1, b->v.val_vms_delta.lbl1)
+ && !strcmp (a->v.val_vms_delta.lbl1, b->v.val_vms_delta.lbl1));
+ }
+ gcc_unreachable ();
+}
+
+/* Compare two location atoms for exact equality. */
+
+static bool
+loc_descr_equal_p_1 (dw_loc_descr_ref a, dw_loc_descr_ref b)
+{
+ if (a->dw_loc_opc != b->dw_loc_opc)
+ return false;
+
+ /* ??? This is only ever set for DW_OP_constNu, for N equal to the
+ address size, but since we always allocate cleared storage it
+ should be zero for other types of locations. */
+ if (a->dtprel != b->dtprel)
+ return false;
+
+ return (dw_val_equal_p (&a->dw_loc_oprnd1, &b->dw_loc_oprnd1)
+ && dw_val_equal_p (&a->dw_loc_oprnd2, &b->dw_loc_oprnd2));
+}
+
+/* Compare two complete location expressions for exact equality. */
+
+bool
+loc_descr_equal_p (dw_loc_descr_ref a, dw_loc_descr_ref b)
+{
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (a == b)
+ return true;
+ if (a == NULL || b == NULL)
+ return false;
+ if (!loc_descr_equal_p_1 (a, b))
+ return false;
+
+ a = a->dw_loc_next;
+ b = b->dw_loc_next;
+ }
+}
+
+
/* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
static void
#define DWARF_REF_SIZE \
(dwarf_version == 2 ? DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
-static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
+static unsigned long int get_base_type_offset (dw_die_ref);
/* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
size += size_of_uleb128 (op_size) + op_size;
break;
}
+ case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
+ {
+ unsigned long o
+ = get_base_type_offset (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die);
+ size += size_of_uleb128 (o) + 1;
+ switch (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class)
+ {
+ case dw_val_class_vec:
+ size += loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length
+ * loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size;
+ break;
+ case dw_val_class_const:
+ size += HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / BITS_PER_UNIT;
+ break;
+ case dw_val_class_const_double:
+ size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / BITS_PER_UNIT;
+ break;
+ default:
+ gcc_unreachable ();
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
+ {
+ unsigned long o
+ = get_base_type_offset (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die);
+ size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
+ + size_of_uleb128 (o);
+ }
+ break;
+ case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
+ {
+ unsigned long o
+ = get_base_type_offset (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die);
+ size += 1 + size_of_uleb128 (o);
+ }
+ break;
+ case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
+ case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
+ if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
+ size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
+ else
+ {
+ unsigned long o
+ = get_base_type_offset (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die);
+ size += size_of_uleb128 (o);
+ }
+ break;
+ case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
+ size += 4;
+ break;
default:
break;
}
/* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
-static unsigned long
+unsigned long
size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
{
dw_loc_descr_ref l;
static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
static void get_ref_die_offset_label (char *, dw_die_ref);
-static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref, int);
+static unsigned long int get_ref_die_offset (dw_die_ref);
/* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
val1->v.val_addr);
fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
}
- else
+ else
+ gcc_unreachable ();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
+ dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
+#else
+ gcc_unreachable ();
+#endif
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
+ {
+ char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
+ + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / 2 + 2];
+ gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref);
+ get_ref_die_offset_label (label, val1->v.val_die_ref.die);
+ dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_REF_SIZE, label, debug_info_section, NULL);
+ dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size_of_locs (val1->v.val_loc), NULL);
+ output_loc_sequence (val1->v.val_loc, for_eh_or_skip);
+ break;
+
+ case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
+ {
+ unsigned long o = get_base_type_offset (val1->v.val_die_ref.die), l;
+ gcc_assert (o);
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o, NULL);
+ switch (val2->val_class)
+ {
+ case dw_val_class_const:
+ l = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, l, NULL);
+ dw2_asm_output_data (l, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
+ break;
+ case dw_val_class_vec:
+ {
+ unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
+ unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
+ unsigned int i;
+ unsigned char *p;
+
+ l = len * elt_size;
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, l, NULL);
+ if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
+ {
+ elt_size /= 2;
+ len *= 2;
+ }
+ for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
+ i < len;
+ i++, p += elt_size)
+ dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
+ "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
+ }
+ break;
+ case dw_val_class_const_double:
+ {
+ unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
+ l = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
+
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2 * l, NULL);
+ if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
+ {
+ first = val2->v.val_double.high;
+ second = val2->v.val_double.low;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ first = val2->v.val_double.low;
+ second = val2->v.val_double.high;
+ }
+ dw2_asm_output_data (l, first, NULL);
+ dw2_asm_output_data (l, second, NULL);
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
gcc_unreachable ();
- }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
+ {
+ unsigned r = val1->v.val_unsigned;
+ unsigned long o = get_base_type_offset (val2->v.val_die_ref.die);
+ gcc_assert (o);
+ if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0)
+ {
+ r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip);
+ gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r)
+ == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned));
+ }
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o, NULL);
+ }
+ break;
+ case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
+ {
+ unsigned long o = get_base_type_offset (val2->v.val_die_ref.die);
+ gcc_assert (o);
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o, NULL);
+ }
+ break;
+ case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
+ case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
+ if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
else
{
-#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
- dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
-#else
- gcc_unreachable ();
-#endif
+ unsigned long o = get_base_type_offset (val1->v.val_die_ref.die);
+ gcc_assert (o);
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o, NULL);
}
break;
- case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
+ case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
{
- char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
- + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / 2 + 2];
+ unsigned long o;
gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref);
- get_ref_die_offset_label (label, val1->v.val_die_ref.die);
- dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_REF_SIZE, label, debug_info_section, NULL);
- dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
+ o = get_ref_die_offset (val1->v.val_die_ref.die);
+ dw2_asm_output_data (4, o, NULL);
}
break;
- case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size_of_locs (val1->v.val_loc), NULL);
- output_loc_sequence (val1->v.val_loc, for_eh_or_skip);
- break;
-
default:
/* Other codes have no operands. */
break;
info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
(i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
-static void
+void
output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, int for_eh_or_skip)
{
for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
+ case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
+ case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
+ case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
+ case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
+ case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
+ case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
gcc_unreachable ();
break;
}
}
-static void
+void
output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
{
while (1)
}
}
-/* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
- description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
-
-static void
-output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi, int for_eh)
-{
- dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
- unsigned long size;
-
- if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
- {
- unsigned r =
- DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, r, NULL);
- loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
- }
- else
- loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
-
- /* Output the size of the block. */
- size = size_of_locs (loc);
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
-
- /* Now output the operations themselves. */
- output_loc_sequence (loc, for_eh);
-}
-
-/* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
-
-static void
-output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
-{
- dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
- unsigned long size;
-
- if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
- {
- unsigned r =
- DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x,", r);
- loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
- }
- else
- loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
-
- /* Output the size of the block. */
- size = size_of_locs (loc);
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size);
- fputc (',', asm_out_file);
-
- /* Now output the operations themselves. */
- output_loc_sequence_raw (loc);
-}
-
/* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
expression. */
-static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
+struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
{
struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
ALIGNMENT byte. */
-static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
-build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
+struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
+build_cfa_aligned_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa,
+ HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
{
struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head;
unsigned int dwarf_fp
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
- /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
- if (cfa.reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa.indirect == 0)
+ /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
+ if (cfa->reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa->indirect == 0)
{
head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0);
add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment));
head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset);
return head;
}
-
-/* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
- descriptor sequence. */
-
-static void
-get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
-{
- struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
- cfa->offset = 0;
- cfa->base_offset = 0;
- cfa->indirect = 0;
- cfa->reg = -1;
-
- for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
- {
- enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
-
- switch (op)
- {
- case DW_OP_reg0:
- case DW_OP_reg1:
- case DW_OP_reg2:
- case DW_OP_reg3:
- case DW_OP_reg4:
- case DW_OP_reg5:
- case DW_OP_reg6:
- case DW_OP_reg7:
- case DW_OP_reg8:
- case DW_OP_reg9:
- case DW_OP_reg10:
- case DW_OP_reg11:
- case DW_OP_reg12:
- case DW_OP_reg13:
- case DW_OP_reg14:
- case DW_OP_reg15:
- case DW_OP_reg16:
- case DW_OP_reg17:
- case DW_OP_reg18:
- case DW_OP_reg19:
- case DW_OP_reg20:
- case DW_OP_reg21:
- case DW_OP_reg22:
- case DW_OP_reg23:
- case DW_OP_reg24:
- case DW_OP_reg25:
- case DW_OP_reg26:
- case DW_OP_reg27:
- case DW_OP_reg28:
- case DW_OP_reg29:
- case DW_OP_reg30:
- case DW_OP_reg31:
- cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
- break;
- case DW_OP_regx:
- cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
- break;
- case DW_OP_breg0:
- case DW_OP_breg1:
- case DW_OP_breg2:
- case DW_OP_breg3:
- case DW_OP_breg4:
- case DW_OP_breg5:
- case DW_OP_breg6:
- case DW_OP_breg7:
- case DW_OP_breg8:
- case DW_OP_breg9:
- case DW_OP_breg10:
- case DW_OP_breg11:
- case DW_OP_breg12:
- case DW_OP_breg13:
- case DW_OP_breg14:
- case DW_OP_breg15:
- case DW_OP_breg16:
- case DW_OP_breg17:
- case DW_OP_breg18:
- case DW_OP_breg19:
- case DW_OP_breg20:
- case DW_OP_breg21:
- case DW_OP_breg22:
- case DW_OP_breg23:
- case DW_OP_breg24:
- case DW_OP_breg25:
- case DW_OP_breg26:
- case DW_OP_breg27:
- case DW_OP_breg28:
- case DW_OP_breg29:
- case DW_OP_breg30:
- case DW_OP_breg31:
- cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
- cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
- break;
- case DW_OP_bregx:
- cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
- cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
- break;
- case DW_OP_deref:
- cfa->indirect = 1;
- break;
- case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
- cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
- break;
- default:
- internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
- dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
- }
- }
-}
\f
/* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
dw_die_ref);
static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
-static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree);
-static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree, int);
-static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx, rtx);
-static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree);
debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
dwarf2out_var_location,
dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
- dwarf2out_direct_call,
- dwarf2out_virtual_call_token,
- dwarf2out_copy_call_info,
- dwarf2out_virtual_call,
dwarf2out_set_name,
1, /* start_end_main_source_file */
TYPE_SYMTAB_IS_DIE /* tree_type_symtab_field */
representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
+/* Whether to put type DIEs into their own section .debug_types instead
+ of making them part of the .debug_info section. Only supported for
+ Dwarf V4 or higher and the user didn't disable them through
+ -fno-debug-types-section. It is more efficient to put them in a
+ separate comdat sections since the linker will then be able to
+ remove duplicates. But not all tools support .debug_types sections
+ yet. */
+
+#define use_debug_types (dwarf_version >= 4 && flag_debug_types_section)
+
/* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
.debug_info section to refer to each other. */
typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
-typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref;
-/* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
- line number associated with the label generated for that
- entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
- the line number entry. */
+/* The entries in the line_info table more-or-less mirror the opcodes
+ that are used in the real dwarf line table. Arrays of these entries
+ are collected per section when DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO is not
+ supported. */
+
+enum dw_line_info_opcode {
+ /* Emit DW_LNE_set_address; the operand is the label index. */
+ LI_set_address,
+
+ /* Emit a row to the matrix with the given line. This may be done
+ via any combination of DW_LNS_copy, DW_LNS_advance_line, and
+ special opcodes. */
+ LI_set_line,
+
+ /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_file. */
+ LI_set_file,
+
+ /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_column. */
+ LI_set_column,
+
+ /* Emit a DW_LNS_negate_stmt; the operand is ignored. */
+ LI_negate_stmt,
+
+ /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_prologue_end/epilogue_begin; the operand is ignored. */
+ LI_set_prologue_end,
+ LI_set_epilogue_begin,
+
+ /* Emit a DW_LNE_set_discriminator. */
+ LI_set_discriminator
+};
typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct {
- unsigned long dw_file_num;
- unsigned long dw_line_num;
-}
-dw_line_info_entry;
+ enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode;
+ unsigned int val;
+} dw_line_info_entry;
-/* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
- own sequence. */
-typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct {
- unsigned long dw_file_num;
- unsigned long dw_line_num;
- unsigned long function;
-}
-dw_separate_line_info_entry;
+DEF_VEC_O(dw_line_info_entry);
+DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_line_info_entry, gc);
+
+typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_table_struct {
+ /* The label that marks the end of this section. */
+ const char *end_label;
+
+ /* The values for the last row of the matrix, as collected in the table.
+ These are used to minimize the changes to the next row. */
+ unsigned int file_num;
+ unsigned int line_num;
+ unsigned int column_num;
+ int discrim_num;
+ bool is_stmt;
+ bool in_use;
+
+ VEC(dw_line_info_entry, gc) *entries;
+} dw_line_info_table;
+
+typedef dw_line_info_table *dw_line_info_table_p;
+
+DEF_VEC_P(dw_line_info_table_p);
+DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_line_info_table_p, gc);
/* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol;
comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node;
}
- GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id;
+ GTY ((desc ("use_debug_types"))) die_id;
VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
dw_die_ref die_parent;
dw_die_ref die_child;
/* A structure to hold a macinfo entry. */
typedef struct GTY(()) macinfo_struct {
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT code;
+ unsigned char code;
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT lineno;
const char *info;
}
}
skeleton_chain_node;
-/* How to start an assembler comment. */
-#ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
-#define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
-#endif
-
/* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
- implicitly generated for a tagged type.
+ implicitly generated for a type.
- Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
- TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
- each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
- _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
+ Note that, unlike the C front-end (which generates a NULL named
+ TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type,
+ and each function type node created) the C++ front-end generates
+ a _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
- generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
+ generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. Likewise with the Ada
+ front-end, but for each type, tagged or not. */
#define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
(DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
|| (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
- && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
&& ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
/* This is necessary for stub decls that \
appear in nested inline functions. */ \
#define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
/* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
-#define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
+#define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE ((int)DW_LNS_set_isa + 1)
/* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
#define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
+ /* Pointer to the last element before section switch,
+ if NULL, either sections weren't switched or first
+ is after section switch. */
+ struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last_before_switch;
+
/* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
unsigned int decl_id;
};
DIEs. */
static VEC (dw_die_ref, heap) *block_map;
+/* A cached location list. */
+struct GTY (()) cached_dw_loc_list_def {
+ /* The DECL_UID of the decl that this entry describes. */
+ unsigned int decl_id;
+
+ /* The cached location list. */
+ dw_loc_list_ref loc_list;
+};
+typedef struct cached_dw_loc_list_def cached_dw_loc_list;
+
+/* Table of cached location lists. */
+static GTY ((param_is (cached_dw_loc_list))) htab_t cached_dw_loc_list_table;
+
/* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
abbrev_die_table. */
#define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
-/* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
- for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
-static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
- dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
-
-/* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
-static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
-
-/* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
-static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
+/* A global counter for generating labels for line number data. */
+static unsigned int line_info_label_num;
-/* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
- for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
-static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
- dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
+/* The current table to which we should emit line number information
+ for the current function. This will be set up at the beginning of
+ assembly for the function. */
+static dw_line_info_table *cur_line_info_table;
-/* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
-static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
+/* The two default tables of line number info. */
+static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table *text_section_line_info;
+static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table *cold_text_section_line_info;
-/* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
-static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
-
-/* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
- line_info_table. */
-#define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
+/* The set of all non-default tables of line number info. */
+static GTY(()) VEC (dw_line_info_table_p, gc) *separate_line_info;
/* A flag to tell pubnames/types export if there is an info section to
refer to. */
defines/undefines (and file start/end markers). */
static GTY (()) VEC (macinfo_entry, gc) * macinfo_table;
-/* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
-static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
-
-/* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
-static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
-
-/* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
-static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
-
-/* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
- arange_table. */
-#define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
-
/* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
/* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num;
-/* The direct call table structure. */
-
-typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct {
- unsigned int poc_label_num;
- tree poc_decl;
- dw_die_ref targ_die;
-}
-dcall_entry;
-
-DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry);
-DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry, gc);
-
-/* The virtual call table structure. */
-
-typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct {
- unsigned int poc_label_num;
- unsigned int vtable_slot;
-}
-vcall_entry;
-
-DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry);
-DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry, gc);
-
-/* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
-static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry, gc) * dcall_table = NULL;
-static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry, gc) * vcall_table = NULL;
-
-/* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
-
-struct GTY (()) vcall_insn {
- int insn_uid;
- unsigned int vtable_slot;
-};
-
-static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn))) htab_t vcall_insn_table;
-
/* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
static int current_function_has_inlines;
/* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
within the current function. */
static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
+static bool frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid;
+
+static VEC (dw_die_ref, heap) *base_types;
/* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
+static dw_die_ref strip_naming_typedef (tree, dw_die_ref);
static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree);
static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
static struct var_loc_node *add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, rtx, const char *);
static void print_spaces (FILE *);
static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
-static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
+static void calc_base_type_die_sizes (void);
static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
-static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
-static void output_aranges (void);
+static void output_aranges (unsigned long);
static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref, const char *, const char *,
bool *);
static void output_ranges (void);
+static dw_line_info_table *new_line_info_table (void);
static void output_line_info (void);
static void output_file_names (void);
static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
static void insert_double (double_int, unsigned char *);
static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
-static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
+static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, bool,
enum dwarf_attribute);
static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree);
static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
+static void add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, dw_die_ref);
static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool);
static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
-static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
+static inline int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
static bool is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree);
static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree);
static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
#ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
#define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
#endif
+#ifndef DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION
+#define DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION ".debug_macro"
+#endif
#ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
#define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
#endif
#ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
#define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
#endif
-#ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
-#define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
-#endif
-#ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
-#define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
-#endif
#ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
#define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
#endif
#ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
#define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
#endif
+#ifndef DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL
+#define DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macro"
+#endif
/* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
#ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
#define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
#endif
-#ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
-#define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
-#endif
\f
/* Return the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
sprintf (label, "%s+%ld", debug_info_section_label, ref->die_offset);
}
+/* Return die_offset of a DIE reference to a base type. */
+
+static unsigned long int
+get_base_type_offset (dw_die_ref ref)
+{
+ if (ref->die_offset)
+ return ref->die_offset;
+ if (comp_unit_die ()->die_abbrev)
+ {
+ calc_base_type_die_sizes ();
+ gcc_assert (ref->die_offset);
+ }
+ return ref->die_offset;
+}
+
+/* Return die_offset of a DIE reference other than base type. */
+
+static unsigned long int
+get_ref_die_offset (dw_die_ref ref)
+{
+ gcc_assert (ref->die_offset);
+ return ref->die_offset;
+}
+
/* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
static const char *
return "DW_AT_body_begin";
case DW_AT_body_end:
return "DW_AT_body_end";
+
case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by:
return "DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites";
case DW_AT_GNU_all_source_call_sites:
return "DW_AT_GNU_all_source_call_sites";
+ case DW_AT_GNU_macros:
+ return "DW_AT_GNU_macros";
+
+ case DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type:
+ return "DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type";
case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
}
-/* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
- be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
-
-static inline void
-gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node *node)
-{
- char label[32];
-
- if (node->label)
- return;
-
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
- ++dw2_string_counter;
- node->label = xstrdup (label);
-}
-
-/* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
- debug string STR. */
-
-static inline rtx
-get_debug_string_label (const char *str)
-{
- struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (str);
-
- debug_str_hash_forced = true;
-
- gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
-
- return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, node->label);
-}
-
static inline const char *
AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
{
{
struct indirect_string_node *node;
unsigned int len;
+ char label[32];
gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
&& (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len))
return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
- gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
+ ++dw2_string_counter;
+ node->label = xstrdup (label);
return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
}
return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
}
+/* Given a TYPE_DIE representing the type TYPE, if TYPE is an
+ anonymous type named by the typedef TYPE_DIE, return the DIE of the
+ anonymous type instead the one of the naming typedef. */
+
+static inline dw_die_ref
+strip_naming_typedef (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
+{
+ if (type
+ && TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
+ && type_die
+ && type_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef
+ && is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type)))
+ type_die = get_AT_ref (type_die, DW_AT_type);
+ return type_die;
+}
+
/* Like lookup_type_die, but if type is an anonymous type named by a
typedef[1], return the DIE of the anonymous type instead the one of
the naming typedef. This is because in gen_typedef_die, we did
lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree type)
{
dw_die_ref die = lookup_type_die (type);
- if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
- && die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef
- && is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type)))
- die = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_type);
- return die;
+ return strip_naming_typedef (type, die);
}
/* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
}
+/* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a cached_dw_loc_list_list). */
+
+static hashval_t
+cached_dw_loc_list_table_hash (const void *x)
+{
+ return (hashval_t) ((const cached_dw_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
+}
+
+/* Return nonzero if decl_id of cached_dw_loc_list X is the same as
+ UID of decl *Y. */
+
+static int
+cached_dw_loc_list_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
+{
+ return (((const cached_dw_loc_list *) x)->decl_id
+ == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
+}
+
/* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
static void
else
temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
- if (temp->last)
+ /* For PARM_DECLs try to keep around the original incoming value,
+ even if that means we'll emit a zero-range .debug_loc entry. */
+ if (temp->last
+ && temp->first == temp->last
+ && TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
+ && GET_CODE (temp->first->loc) == NOTE
+ && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (temp->first->loc) == decl
+ && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)
+ && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->first->loc)
+ && GET_CODE (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->first->loc))
+ == GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
+ && prev_real_insn (temp->first->loc) == NULL_RTX
+ && (bitsize != -1
+ || !rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->first->loc),
+ NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note))
+ || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->first->loc)
+ != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))))
+ {
+ loc = ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
+ temp->first->next = loc;
+ temp->last = loc;
+ loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
+ }
+ else if (temp->last)
{
struct var_loc_node *last = temp->last, *unused = NULL;
rtx *piece_loc = NULL, last_loc_note;
}
else
{
- gcc_assert (temp->first == temp->last);
+ gcc_assert (temp->first == temp->last
+ || (temp->first->next == temp->last
+ && TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL));
memset (temp->last, '\0', sizeof (*temp->last));
temp->last->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
return temp->last;
fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld", die->die_offset);
fprintf (outfile, " mark: %d\n", die->die_mark);
- if (dwarf_version >= 4 && die->die_id.die_type_node)
+ if (use_debug_types && die->die_id.die_type_node)
{
print_spaces (outfile);
fprintf (outfile, " signature: ");
case dw_val_class_die_ref:
if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
{
- if (dwarf_version >= 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node)
+ if (use_debug_types && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node)
{
fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: ");
print_signature (outfile,
AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
}
- else if (dwarf_version < 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol)
+ else if (! use_debug_types && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol)
fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s",
AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
else
fprintf (outfile, "\n");
}
-/* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
- This routine is a debugging aid only. */
-
-static void
-print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
-{
- unsigned i;
- dw_line_info_ref line_info;
-
- fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
- for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
- {
- line_info = &line_info_table[i];
- fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
- line_info->dw_file_num,
- line_info->dw_line_num);
- }
-
- fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
-}
-
/* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
DEBUG_FUNCTION void
{
print_indent = 0;
print_die (comp_unit_die (), stderr);
- if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
- print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
}
\f
/* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
return local_scope_p (decl);
}
+/* Return non-zero if this DIE contains a defining declaration of a
+ subprogram. */
+
+static int
+contains_subprogram_definition (dw_die_ref die)
+{
+ dw_die_ref c;
+
+ if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram && ! is_declaration_die (die))
+ return 1;
+ FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, if (contains_subprogram_definition(c)) return 1);
+ return 0;
+}
+
/* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
COMDAT .debug_types section. */
|| get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin)
|| is_nested_in_subprogram (die))
return 0;
+ /* A type definition should never contain a subprogram definition. */
+ gcc_assert (!contains_subprogram_definition (die));
return 1;
case DW_TAG_array_type:
case DW_TAG_interface_type:
if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
&& AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
{
- gcc_assert (dwarf_version >= 4 || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
+ gcc_assert (use_debug_types || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
}
size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
break;
case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
- size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
+ {
+ int csize = constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
+ if (dwarf_version == 3
+ && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_data_member_location
+ && csize >= 4)
+ size += size_of_uleb128 (AT_unsigned (a));
+ else
+ size += csize;
+ }
break;
case dw_val_class_const_double:
size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
case dw_val_class_die_ref:
if (AT_ref_external (a))
{
- /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
+ /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_ref_sig8; for earlier versions
we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
it's always sized as an offset. */
- if (dwarf_version >= 4)
+ if (use_debug_types)
size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE;
else if (dwarf_version == 2)
size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
{
dw_die_ref c;
+ gcc_assert (die->die_offset == 0
+ || (unsigned long int) die->die_offset == next_die_offset);
die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
next_die_offset += 1;
}
+/* Size just the base type children at the start of the CU.
+ This is needed because build_abbrev needs to size locs
+ and sizing of type based stack ops needs to know die_offset
+ values for the base types. */
+
+static void
+calc_base_type_die_sizes (void)
+{
+ unsigned long die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
+ unsigned int i;
+ dw_die_ref base_type;
+#if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
+ dw_die_ref prev = comp_unit_die ()->die_child;
+#endif
+
+ die_offset += size_of_die (comp_unit_die ());
+ for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_die_ref, base_types, i, base_type); i++)
+ {
+#if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
+ gcc_assert (base_type->die_offset == 0
+ && prev->die_sib == base_type
+ && base_type->die_child == NULL
+ && base_type->die_abbrev);
+ prev = base_type;
+#endif
+ base_type->die_offset = die_offset;
+ die_offset += size_of_die (base_type);
+ }
+}
+
/* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
{
dw_die_ref c;
- if (dwarf_version < 4)
+ if (! use_debug_types)
gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
die->die_mark = 0;
size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
if (cold_text_section_used)
size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
- size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
+ if (have_multiple_function_sections)
+ {
+ unsigned fde_idx;
+ dw_fde_ref fde;
+
+ FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_fde_ref, fde_vec, fde_idx, fde)
+ {
+ if (!fde->in_std_section)
+ size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
+ if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && !fde->second_in_std_section)
+ size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
+ }
+ }
/* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
case 2:
return DW_FORM_data2;
case 4:
+ /* In DWARF3 DW_AT_data_member_location with
+ DW_FORM_data4 or DW_FORM_data8 is a loclistptr, not
+ constant, so we need to use DW_FORM_udata if we need
+ a large constant. */
+ if (dwarf_version == 3 && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_data_member_location)
+ return DW_FORM_udata;
return DW_FORM_data4;
case 8:
+ if (dwarf_version == 3 && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_data_member_location)
+ return DW_FORM_udata;
return DW_FORM_data8;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
return DW_FORM_flag;
case dw_val_class_die_ref:
if (AT_ref_external (a))
- return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
+ return use_debug_types ? DW_FORM_ref_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
else
return DW_FORM_ref;
case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
{
unsigned long size;
/* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
- if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0)
+ if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0 && !curr->force)
continue;
if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
{
/* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
them to point to. */
- if (dwarf_version < 4 && die->die_id.die_symbol)
+ if (! use_debug_types && die->die_id.die_symbol)
output_die_symbol (die);
dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
break;
case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
- dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
- AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
+ {
+ int csize = constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
+ if (dwarf_version == 3
+ && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_data_member_location
+ && csize >= 4)
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
+ else
+ dw2_asm_output_data (csize, AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
+ }
break;
case dw_val_class_const_double:
case dw_val_class_die_ref:
if (AT_ref_external (a))
{
- if (dwarf_version >= 4)
+ if (use_debug_types)
{
comdat_type_node_ref type_node =
AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node;
if (names != pubtype_table
|| pub->die->die_offset != 0
- || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
- {
- dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
- "DIE offset");
-
- dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
- }
- }
-
- dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
-}
-
-/* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
-
-static void
-add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
-{
- if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
- return;
+ || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
+ {
+ dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
+ "DIE offset");
- if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
- {
- arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
- arange_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, arange_table,
- arange_table_allocated);
- memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
- ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
+ dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
+ }
}
- arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
+ dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
}
/* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
text section generated for this compilation unit. */
static void
-output_aranges (void)
+output_aranges (unsigned long aranges_length)
{
unsigned i;
- unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
cold_text_section_label, "Length");
}
- for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
+ if (have_multiple_function_sections)
{
- dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
+ unsigned fde_idx;
+ dw_fde_ref fde;
- /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
- gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
-
- if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
- {
- dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
- "Address");
- dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
- get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
- }
- else
+ FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_fde_ref, fde_vec, fde_idx, fde)
{
- /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
- Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
- aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
- dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
- dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
-
- gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
-
- loc = AT_loc (a);
- gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
-
- dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
- loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
- dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
- get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
- "Length");
+ if (!fde->in_std_section)
+ {
+ dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
+ "Address");
+ dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_end,
+ fde->dw_fde_begin, "Length");
+ }
+ if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && !fde->second_in_std_section)
+ {
+ dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_second_begin,
+ "Address");
+ dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_second_end,
+ fde->dw_fde_second_begin, "Length");
+ }
}
}
#ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
#define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
- /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
- but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
+ /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
+ but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
+
+ int ver;
+ long long cdt;
+ long siz;
+ int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
+ + dirs[dir_idx].length
+ + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
+ char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
+
+ vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
+ snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
+ files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
+
+ dw2_asm_output_nstring
+ (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
+
+ /* Include directory index. */
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
+
+ /* Modification time. */
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
+ ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
+ ? cdt : 0,
+ NULL);
+
+ /* File length in bytes. */
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
+ ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
+ ? siz : 0,
+ NULL);
+#else
+ dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
+ "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
+
+ /* Include directory index. */
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
+
+ /* Modification time. */
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
+
+ /* File length in bytes. */
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
+#endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
+ }
+
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
+}
+
+
+/* Output one line number table into the .debug_line section. */
+
+static void
+output_one_line_info_table (dw_line_info_table *table)
+{
+ char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
+ unsigned int current_line = 1;
+ bool current_is_stmt = DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START;
+ dw_line_info_entry *ent;
+ size_t i;
+
+ FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_line_info_entry, table->entries, i, ent)
+ {
+ switch (ent->opcode)
+ {
+ case LI_set_address:
+ /* ??? Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and
+ must always use the most general form. GCC does not know the
+ address delta itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many
+ ports do have length attributes which will give an upper bound
+ on the address range. We could perhaps use length attributes
+ to determine when it is safe to use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, ent->val);
+
+ /* This can handle any delta. This takes
+ 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s", line_label);
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
+ dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
+ break;
+
+ case LI_set_line:
+ if (ent->val == current_line)
+ {
+ /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy,
+ "copy line %u", current_line);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ int line_offset = ent->val - current_line;
+ int line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
+
+ current_line = ent->val;
+ if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
+ {
+ /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
+ definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE.
+ This takes 1 byte. */
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
+ "line %u", current_line);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
+ depending on the value being encoded. */
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
+ "advance to line %u", current_line);
+ dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, NULL);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case LI_set_file:
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "set file %u", ent->val);
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent->val, "%u", ent->val);
+ break;
+
+ case LI_set_column:
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_column, "column %u", ent->val);
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent->val, "%u", ent->val);
+ break;
+
+ case LI_negate_stmt:
+ current_is_stmt = !current_is_stmt;
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_negate_stmt,
+ "is_stmt %d", current_is_stmt);
+ break;
+
+ case LI_set_prologue_end:
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_prologue_end,
+ "set prologue end");
+ break;
+
+ case LI_set_epilogue_begin:
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_epilogue_begin,
+ "set epilogue begin");
+ break;
+
+ case LI_set_discriminator:
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "discriminator %u", ent->val);
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + size_of_uleb128 (ent->val), NULL);
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_discriminator, NULL);
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent->val, NULL);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the table. */
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s", table->end_label);
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
+ dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, table->end_label, NULL);
+
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end sequence");
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
+}
+
+/* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
+ information goes into the .debug_line section. */
+
+static void
+output_line_info (void)
+{
+ char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
+ int ver = dwarf_version;
+ bool saw_one = false;
+ int opc;
+
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
+
+ if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
+ dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
+ "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
+ dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
+ "Length of Source Line Info");
+ ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
+
+ dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
+ dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
+ ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
+
+ /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes).
+ In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information
+ purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have no
+ a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated for each
+ source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address and
+ DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. Accordingly, we fix
+ this as '1', which is "correct enough" for all architectures,
+ and don't let the target override. */
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Minimum Instruction Length");
+
+ if (ver >= 4)
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN,
+ "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
+ "Default is_stmt_start flag");
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
+ "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
+ "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
+ "Special Opcode Base");
+
+ for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
+ {
+ int n_op_args;
+ switch (opc)
+ {
+ case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
+ case DW_LNS_advance_line:
+ case DW_LNS_set_file:
+ case DW_LNS_set_column:
+ case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
+ case DW_LNS_set_isa:
+ n_op_args = 1;
+ break;
+ default:
+ n_op_args = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
+ opc, n_op_args);
+ }
+
+ /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
+ output_file_names ();
+ ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
+
+ if (separate_line_info)
+ {
+ dw_line_info_table *table;
+ size_t i;
+
+ FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_line_info_table_p, separate_line_info, i, table)
+ if (table->in_use)
+ {
+ output_one_line_info_table (table);
+ saw_one = true;
+ }
+ }
+ if (cold_text_section_line_info && cold_text_section_line_info->in_use)
+ {
+ output_one_line_info_table (cold_text_section_line_info);
+ saw_one = true;
+ }
+
+ /* ??? Some Darwin linkers crash on a .debug_line section with no
+ sequences. Further, merely a DW_LNE_end_sequence entry is not
+ sufficient -- the address column must also be initialized.
+ Make sure to output at least one set_address/end_sequence pair,
+ choosing .text since that section is always present. */
+ if (text_section_line_info->in_use || !saw_one)
+ output_one_line_info_table (text_section_line_info);
+
+ /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
+ ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
+}
+\f
+/* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
+ a DIE that describes the given type.
+
+ This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
+ Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
+
+static dw_die_ref
+base_type_die (tree type)
+{
+ dw_die_ref base_type_result;
+ enum dwarf_type encoding;
+
+ if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
+ use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
+ if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
+ type = TREE_TYPE (type);
+
+ switch (TREE_CODE (type))
+ {
+ case INTEGER_TYPE:
+ if ((dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
+ && TYPE_NAME (type)
+ && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
+ && DECL_IS_BUILTIN (TYPE_NAME (type))
+ && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
+ {
+ const char *name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)));
+ if (strcmp (name, "char16_t") == 0
+ || strcmp (name, "char32_t") == 0)
+ {
+ encoding = DW_ATE_UTF;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
+ {
+ if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
+ encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
+ else
+ encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
+ }
+ else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
+ encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
+ else
+ encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
+ break;
+
+ case REAL_TYPE:
+ if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
+ {
+ if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
+ encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
+ else
+ encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
+ }
+ else
+ encoding = DW_ATE_float;
+ break;
+
+ case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
+ if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
+ encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
+ else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
+ encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
+ else
+ encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
+ break;
+
+ /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
+ a user defined type for it. */
+ case COMPLEX_TYPE:
+ if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
+ encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
+ else
+ encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
+ break;
- int ver;
- long long cdt;
- long siz;
- int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
- + dirs[dir_idx].length
- + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
- char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
+ case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
+ /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
+ encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
+ break;
- vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
- snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
- files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
+ default:
+ /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
+ gcc_unreachable ();
+ }
- dw2_asm_output_nstring
- (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
+ base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
- /* Include directory index. */
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
+ add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
+ int_size_in_bytes (type));
+ add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
- /* Modification time. */
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
- ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
- ? cdt : 0,
- NULL);
+ return base_type_result;
+}
- /* File length in bytes. */
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
- ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
- ? siz : 0,
- NULL);
-#else
- dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
- "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
+/* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
+ given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
- /* Include directory index. */
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
+static inline int
+is_base_type (tree type)
+{
+ switch (TREE_CODE (type))
+ {
+ case ERROR_MARK:
+ case VOID_TYPE:
+ case INTEGER_TYPE:
+ case REAL_TYPE:
+ case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
+ case COMPLEX_TYPE:
+ case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
+ return 1;
- /* Modification time. */
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
+ case ARRAY_TYPE:
+ case RECORD_TYPE:
+ case UNION_TYPE:
+ case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
+ case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
+ case FUNCTION_TYPE:
+ case METHOD_TYPE:
+ case POINTER_TYPE:
+ case REFERENCE_TYPE:
+ case NULLPTR_TYPE:
+ case OFFSET_TYPE:
+ case LANG_TYPE:
+ case VECTOR_TYPE:
+ return 0;
- /* File length in bytes. */
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
-#endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
+ default:
+ gcc_unreachable ();
}
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
+ return 0;
}
+/* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
+ node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
+ return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
+ else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
+ ERROR_MARK node. */
-/* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
- information goes into the .debug_line section. */
-
-static void
-output_line_info (void)
+static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
+simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
{
- char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
- char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
- char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
- unsigned opc;
- unsigned n_op_args;
- unsigned long lt_index;
- unsigned long current_line;
- long line_offset;
- long line_delta;
- unsigned long current_file;
- unsigned long function;
- int ver = dwarf_version;
+ if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
+ return BITS_PER_WORD;
+ else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
+ return 0;
+ else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
+ return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
+ else
+ return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
+}
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
+/* Similarly, but return a double_int instead of UHWI. */
- if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
- dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
- "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
- dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
- "Length of Source Line Info");
- ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
+static inline double_int
+double_int_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
+{
+ if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
+ return uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_WORD);
+ else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
+ return double_int_zero;
+ else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) == INTEGER_CST)
+ return tree_to_double_int (TYPE_SIZE (type));
+ else
+ return uhwi_to_double_int (TYPE_ALIGN (type));
+}
- dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
- dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
- ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
+/* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
+ to a DIE that describes the given type. */
- /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
- bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
- information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
- we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
- generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
- DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
- commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
- enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
- "Minimum Instruction Length");
+static dw_die_ref
+subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
+{
+ dw_die_ref subrange_die;
+ const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
- if (ver >= 4)
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN,
- "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
- "Default is_stmt_start flag");
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
- "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
- "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
- "Special Opcode Base");
+ if (context_die == NULL)
+ context_die = comp_unit_die ();
- for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
- {
- switch (opc)
- {
- case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
- case DW_LNS_advance_line:
- case DW_LNS_set_file:
- case DW_LNS_set_column:
- case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
- n_op_args = 1;
- break;
- default:
- n_op_args = 0;
- break;
- }
+ subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
- opc, n_op_args);
+ if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
+ {
+ /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
+ so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
+ add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
}
- /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
- output_file_names ();
- ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
+ if (low)
+ add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low);
+ if (high)
+ add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high);
- /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
- section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
- have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
+ return subrange_die;
+}
- /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
- a series of state machine operations. */
- current_file = 1;
- current_line = 1;
+/* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
+ entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
- if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
- strcpy (prev_line_label, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
- else
- strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
- for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
- {
- dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
+static dw_die_ref
+modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
+ dw_die_ref context_die)
+{
+ enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
+ dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
+ dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
+ tree item_type = NULL;
+ tree qualified_type;
+ tree name, low, high;
-#if 0
- /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
- at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
- prologue. */
-
- /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
- address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
- that anything after the last address is this line. */
- if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
- && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
- continue;
-#endif
+ if (code == ERROR_MARK)
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
+ this type. */
+ qualified_type
+ = get_qualified_type (type,
+ ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
+ | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
- /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
+ if (qualified_type == sizetype
+ && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
+ && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL)
+ {
+ tree t = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type));
- Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
- use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
- itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
- attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
- could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
- use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
+ gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (t) == INTEGER_TYPE
+ && TYPE_PRECISION (t)
+ == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type)
+ && TYPE_UNSIGNED (t)
+ == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type));
+ qualified_type = t;
+ }
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
- if (0)
- {
- /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
- "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
- dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
- }
- else
- {
- /* This can handle any delta. This takes
- 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
- dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
- }
+ /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
+ if (qualified_type)
+ {
+ mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
+ if (mod_type_die)
+ return mod_type_die;
+ }
- strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
+ name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
- /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
- different from the previous line. */
- if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
- {
- current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
- }
+ /* Handle C typedef types. */
+ if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name)
+ && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name))
+ {
+ tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
- /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
- that uses the least amount of space. */
- if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
+ if (qualified_type == dtype)
{
- line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
- line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
- current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
- if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
- /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
- definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
- takes 1 byte. */
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
- "line %lu", current_line);
- else
- {
- /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
- depending on the value being encoded. */
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
- "advance to line %lu", current_line);
- dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
- }
+ /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
+ gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
+ return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
}
- else
- /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
+ else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
+ || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
+ || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
+ && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
+ && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
+ /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
+ type to which it refers. */
+ return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
+ is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
+ context_die);
+ /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
}
- /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
- if (0)
+ if (is_const_type
+ /* If both is_const_type and is_volatile_type, prefer the path
+ which leads to a qualified type. */
+ && (!is_volatile_type
+ || get_qualified_type (type, TYPE_QUAL_CONST) == NULL_TREE
+ || get_qualified_type (type, TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE) != NULL_TREE))
+ {
+ mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
+ sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
+ }
+ else if (is_volatile_type)
{
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
- "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
- dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
+ mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
+ sub_die = modified_type_die (type, is_const_type, 0, context_die);
}
- else
+ else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
{
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
- dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
+ mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
+ add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
+ simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
+ item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
+ if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
+ add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
+ TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
}
-
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
-
- function = 0;
- current_file = 1;
- current_line = 1;
- for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
+ else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
{
- dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
- = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
-
-#if 0
- /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
- if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
- && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
- && line_info->function == function)
- goto cont;
-#endif
-
- /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
- a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
- to handle it differently. */
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
- lt_index);
- if (function != line_info->function)
- {
- function = line_info->function;
-
- /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
- dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
- }
+ if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
+ mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, comp_unit_die (),
+ type);
else
- {
- /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
- if (0)
- {
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
- "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
- dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
- }
- else
- {
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
- dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
- }
- }
-
- strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
-
- /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
- different from the previous line. */
- if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
- {
- current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
- }
+ mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
+ add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
+ simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
+ item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
+ if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
+ add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
+ TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
+ }
+ else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
+ && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
+ && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
+ {
+ mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
+ item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
+ }
+ else if (is_base_type (type))
+ mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
+ else
+ {
+ gen_type_die (type, context_die);
- /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
- that uses the least amount of space. */
- if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
- {
- line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
- line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
- current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
- if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
- "line %lu", current_line);
- else
- {
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
- "advance to line %lu", current_line);
- dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
- }
- }
+ /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
+ `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
+ might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
+ copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
+ that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
+ ..._TYPE node. */
+ if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
+ return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
else
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
-
-#if 0
- cont:
-#endif
-
- lt_index++;
-
- /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
- if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
- || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
- {
- current_file = 1;
- current_line = 1;
-
- /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
- if (0)
- {
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
- "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
- dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
- }
- else
- {
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
- dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
- }
-
- /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
- }
+ /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
+ not the main variant. */
+ return lookup_type_die (type);
}
- /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
- ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
-}
-
-/* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
-
-static unsigned long
-size_of_dcall_table (void)
-{
- unsigned long size;
- unsigned int i;
- dcall_entry *p;
- tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
-
- /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
- size = 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
-
- /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
- FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p)
+ /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
+ don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
+ user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
+ Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
+ if the base type already has the same name. */
+ if (name
+ && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
+ && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
+ || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type)))
+ || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
+ && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
+ && DECL_NAME (name))))
{
- gcc_assert (p->targ_die != NULL);
- /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
- if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
- {
- dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
- gcc_assert (poc_die);
- last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
- if (poc_die)
- size += (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
- + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset));
- }
- size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset);
+ if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
+ /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
+ but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
+ useful source coordinates anyway. */
+ name = DECL_NAME (name);
+ add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
+ add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (mod_type_die, type, context_die);
+ if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type))
+ add_AT_flag (mod_type_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
}
+ /* This probably indicates a bug. */
+ else if (mod_type_die && mod_type_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
+ add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, "__unknown__");
- return size;
-}
-
-/* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
- identical function have been merged. */
+ if (qualified_type)
+ equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
-static void
-output_dcall_table (void)
-{
- unsigned i;
- unsigned long dcall_length = size_of_dcall_table ();
- dcall_entry *p;
- char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
- tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
+ if (item_type)
+ /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
+ this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
+ recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
+ types are possible in Ada. */
+ sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
+ TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
+ TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
+ context_die);
- if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
- dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
- "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
- dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, dcall_length,
- "Length of Direct Call Table");
- dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
- dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
- debug_info_section,
- "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
+ if (sub_die != NULL)
+ add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
- FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p)
- {
- /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
- if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
- {
- dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
- last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
- if (poc_die)
- {
- dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, "New caller");
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset,
- "Caller DIE offset");
- }
- }
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
- dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset,
- "Callee DIE offset");
- }
+ return mod_type_die;
}
-\f
-/* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
-static unsigned long
-size_of_vcall_table (void)
+/* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
+ T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
+ See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
+
+static void
+gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
{
- unsigned long size;
- unsigned int i;
- vcall_entry *p;
+ tree parms, args;
+ int parms_num, i;
+ dw_die_ref die = NULL;
- /* Header: version + pointer size. */
- size = 2 + 1;
+ if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
+ return;
- /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
- FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p)
- size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot);
+ if (TYPE_P (t))
+ die = lookup_type_die (t);
+ else if (DECL_P (t))
+ die = lookup_decl_die (t);
- return size;
-}
+ gcc_assert (die);
-/* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
- identical function have been merged. */
+ parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
+ if (!parms)
+ /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
+ or function. End of story. */
+ return;
-static void
-output_vcall_table (void)
-{
- unsigned i;
- unsigned long vcall_length = size_of_vcall_table ();
- vcall_entry *p;
- char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
+ parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
+ args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
+ for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
+ {
+ tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
- if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
- dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
- "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
- dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, vcall_length,
- "Length of Virtual Call Table");
- dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
+ parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
+ arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
+ arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
+ gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
- FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p)
- {
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
- dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot, "Vtable slot");
- }
-}
-\f
-/* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
- a DIE that describes the given type.
+ if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
+ {
+ /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
+ emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
+ by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
+ pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
+ an argument pack. */
+ if (arg_pack_elems)
+ template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
+ arg_pack_elems,
+ die);
+ else
+ generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
+ true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die);
+ }
+ }
+}
- This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
- Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
+/* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
+ the representation of a generic type parameter.
+ For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
+ ARG is the argument to PARM.
+ EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
+ name of the PARM.
+ PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
+ as a child node. */
static dw_die_ref
-base_type_die (tree type)
+generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
+ bool emit_name_p,
+ dw_die_ref parent_die)
{
- dw_die_ref base_type_result;
- enum dwarf_type encoding;
+ dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
+ const char *name = NULL;
- if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
- return 0;
+ if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
+ return NULL;
- /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
- use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
- if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
- type = TREE_TYPE (type);
+ /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
+ type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
+ generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
+ and arguments. */
+ if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
+ /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
+ tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
+ else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
+ /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
+ tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
+ else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
+ /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
+ Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
+ DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
+ parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
+ name of the template template argument. */
+ tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
+ parent_die, parm);
+ else
+ gcc_unreachable ();
- switch (TREE_CODE (type))
+ if (tmpl_die)
{
- case INTEGER_TYPE:
- if ((dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
- && TYPE_NAME (type)
- && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
- && DECL_IS_BUILTIN (TYPE_NAME (type))
- && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
- {
- const char *name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)));
- if (strcmp (name, "char16_t") == 0
- || strcmp (name, "char32_t") == 0)
- {
- encoding = DW_ATE_UTF;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
+ tree tmpl_type;
+
+ /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
+ emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
+ In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
+ In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
+ the die. */
+ if (emit_name_p)
{
- if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
- encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
- else
- encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
+ name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
+ gcc_assert (name);
+ add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
}
- else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
- encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
- else
- encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
- break;
- case REAL_TYPE:
- if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
+ if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
{
- if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
- encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
- else
- encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
+ /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
+ TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
+ to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
+ If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
+ child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
+ tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
+ add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0,
+ TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type),
+ parent_die);
}
else
- encoding = DW_ATE_float;
- break;
+ {
+ /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
+ a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
+ parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
- case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
- if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
- encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
- else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
- encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
- else
- encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
- break;
+ /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
+ to the name of the argument. */
+ name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
+ if (name)
+ add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
+ }
- /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
- a user defined type for it. */
- case COMPLEX_TYPE:
- if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
- encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
- else
- encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
- break;
+ if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
+ /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
+ DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
+ attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
+ of ARG.
+ We must be careful here:
+ The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
+ We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
+ type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
+ know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
+ emitted after cgraph computations.
+ So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
+ after cgraph is ready. */
+ append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
+ }
- case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
- /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
- encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
- break;
+ return tmpl_die;
+}
- default:
- /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
+/* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
+ PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
+ will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
- base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
+static dw_die_ref
+template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
+ tree parm_pack_args,
+ dw_die_ref parent_die)
+{
+ dw_die_ref die;
+ int j;
- add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
- int_size_in_bytes (type));
- add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
+ gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
- return base_type_result;
+ die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
+ add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
+ for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
+ generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
+ TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
+ false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
+ die);
+ return die;
}
-/* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
- given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
+/* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
+ an enumerated type. */
static inline int
-is_base_type (tree type)
+type_is_enum (const_tree type)
{
- switch (TREE_CODE (type))
- {
- case ERROR_MARK:
- case VOID_TYPE:
- case INTEGER_TYPE:
- case REAL_TYPE:
- case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
- case COMPLEX_TYPE:
- case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
- return 1;
+ return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
+}
- case ARRAY_TYPE:
- case RECORD_TYPE:
- case UNION_TYPE:
- case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
- case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
- case FUNCTION_TYPE:
- case METHOD_TYPE:
- case POINTER_TYPE:
- case REFERENCE_TYPE:
- case NULLPTR_TYPE:
- case OFFSET_TYPE:
- case LANG_TYPE:
- case VECTOR_TYPE:
- return 0;
+/* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
+static unsigned int
+dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
+{
+ unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
+
+ gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
+
+#ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
+ if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
+ {
+ int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
+ if (leaf_reg != -1)
+ regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
}
+#endif
- return 0;
+ return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
}
-/* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
- node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
- return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
- else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
- ERROR_MARK node. */
+/* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
+ DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
+ doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
-static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
-simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
+static void
+add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
{
- if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
- return BITS_PER_WORD;
- else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
- return 0;
- else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
- return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
- else
- return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
-}
+ dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
-/* Similarly, but return a double_int instead of UHWI. */
+ if (*list_head != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Find the end of the chain. */
+ for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
+ ;
-static inline double_int
-double_int_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
-{
- if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
- return uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_WORD);
- else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
- return double_int_zero;
- else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) == INTEGER_CST)
- return tree_to_double_int (TYPE_SIZE (type));
- else
- return uhwi_to_double_int (TYPE_ALIGN (type));
+ if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
+ loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
+ }
}
-/* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
- to a DIE that describes the given type. */
+/* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
+ zero if there is none. */
-static dw_die_ref
-subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
+static dw_loc_descr_ref
+reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
{
- dw_die_ref subrange_die;
- const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
-
- if (context_die == NULL)
- context_die = comp_unit_die ();
+ rtx regs;
- subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
+ if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
+ return 0;
- if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
+ /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
+ post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
+ register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
+ argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's.
+ Use DW_OP_fbreg offset DW_OP_stack_value in this case. */
+ if ((rtl == arg_pointer_rtx || rtl == frame_pointer_rtx)
+ && eliminate_regs (rtl, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX) != rtl)
{
- /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
- so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
- add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
+ dw_loc_descr_ref result = NULL;
+
+ if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
+ {
+ result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, GET_MODE (rtl), VOIDmode,
+ initialized);
+ if (result)
+ add_loc_descr (&result,
+ new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
+ }
+ return result;
}
- if (low)
- add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low);
- if (high)
- add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high);
+ regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
- return subrange_die;
+ if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
+ return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
+ else
+ return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
}
-/* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
- entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
+/* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
+ a given hard register number. */
-static dw_die_ref
-modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
- dw_die_ref context_die)
+static dw_loc_descr_ref
+one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
{
- enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
- dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
- dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
- tree item_type = NULL;
- tree qualified_type;
- tree name, low, high;
+ dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
- if (code == ERROR_MARK)
- return NULL;
+ if (regno <= 31)
+ reg_loc_descr
+ = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
+ else
+ reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
- /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
- this type. */
- qualified_type
- = get_qualified_type (type,
- ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
- | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
+ if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
+ add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
- if (qualified_type == sizetype
- && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
- && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL)
- {
- tree t = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type));
+ return reg_loc_descr;
+}
- gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (t) == INTEGER_TYPE
- && TYPE_PRECISION (t)
- == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type)
- && TYPE_UNSIGNED (t)
- == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type));
- qualified_type = t;
- }
+/* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
+ designates a value that spans more than one register. */
- /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
- if (qualified_type)
+static dw_loc_descr_ref
+multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
+ enum var_init_status initialized)
+{
+ int nregs, size, i;
+ unsigned reg;
+ dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
+
+ reg = REGNO (rtl);
+#ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
+ if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
{
- mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
- if (mod_type_die)
- return mod_type_die;
+ int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
+ if (leaf_reg != -1)
+ reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
}
+#endif
+ gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
+ nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
- name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
-
- /* Handle C typedef types. */
- if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name)
- && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name))
+ /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
+ if (regs == NULL_RTX)
{
- tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
+ size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
- if (qualified_type == dtype)
+ loc_result = NULL;
+ while (nregs--)
{
- /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
- gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
- return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
+ dw_loc_descr_ref t;
+
+ t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
+ add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
+ ++reg;
}
- else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
- || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
- || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
- && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
- && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
- /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
- type to which it refers. */
- return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
- is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
- context_die);
- /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
+ return loc_result;
}
- if (is_const_type
- /* If both is_const_type and is_volatile_type, prefer the path
- which leads to a qualified type. */
- && (!is_volatile_type
- || get_qualified_type (type, TYPE_QUAL_CONST) == NULL_TREE
- || get_qualified_type (type, TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE) != NULL_TREE))
- {
- mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
- sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
- }
- else if (is_volatile_type)
- {
- mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
- sub_die = modified_type_die (type, is_const_type, 0, context_die);
- }
- else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
- {
- mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
- add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
- simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
- item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
- if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
- add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
- TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
- }
- else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
- {
- if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
- mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, comp_unit_die (),
- type);
- else
- mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
- add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
- simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
- item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
- if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
- add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
- TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
- }
- else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
- && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
- && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
- {
- mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
- item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
- }
- else if (is_base_type (type))
- mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
- else
- {
- gen_type_die (type, context_die);
+ /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
- /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
- `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
- might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
- copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
- that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
- ..._TYPE node. */
- if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
- return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
- else
- /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
- not the main variant. */
- return lookup_type_die (type);
- }
+ gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
- /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
- don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
- user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
- Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
- if the base type already has the same name. */
- if (name
- && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
- && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
- || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type)))
- || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
- && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
- && DECL_NAME (name))))
+ size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
+ loc_result = NULL;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
{
- if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
- /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
- but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
- useful source coordinates anyway. */
- name = DECL_NAME (name);
- add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
+ dw_loc_descr_ref t;
+
+ t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
+ size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
+ add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
}
- /* This probably indicates a bug. */
- else if (mod_type_die && mod_type_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
- add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, "__unknown__");
- if (qualified_type)
- equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
+ if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
+ add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
+ return loc_result;
+}
- if (item_type)
- /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
- this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
- recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
- types are possible in Ada. */
- sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
- TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
- TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
- context_die);
+static unsigned long size_of_int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
- if (sub_die != NULL)
- add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
+/* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant i,
+ as a compound operation from constant (i >> shift), constant shift
+ and DW_OP_shl. */
- return mod_type_die;
+static dw_loc_descr_ref
+int_shift_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i, int shift)
+{
+ dw_loc_descr_ref ret = int_loc_descriptor (i >> shift);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
+ return ret;
}
-/* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
- T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
- See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
+/* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
-static void
-gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
+static dw_loc_descr_ref
+int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
{
- tree parms, args;
- int parms_num, i;
- dw_die_ref die = NULL;
+ enum dwarf_location_atom op;
- if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
- return;
+ /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
+ defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
+ if (i >= 0)
+ {
+ int clz = clz_hwi (i);
+ int ctz = ctz_hwi (i);
+ if (i <= 31)
+ op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
+ else if (i <= 0xff)
+ op = DW_OP_const1u;
+ else if (i <= 0xffff)
+ op = DW_OP_const2u;
+ else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 5
+ && clz + 5 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
+ /* DW_OP_litX DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 3 bytes and
+ DW_OP_litX DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes just 4 bytes,
+ while DW_OP_const4u is 5 bytes. */
+ return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - clz - 5);
+ else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 8
+ && clz + 8 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
+ /* DW_OP_const1u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 4 bytes,
+ while DW_OP_const4u is 5 bytes. */
+ return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - clz - 8);
+ else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 || i <= 0xffffffff)
+ op = DW_OP_const4u;
+ else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 8
+ && clz + 8 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
+ /* DW_OP_const1u X DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes just 5 bytes,
+ while DW_OP_constu of constant >= 0x100000000 takes at least
+ 6 bytes. */
+ return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - clz - 8);
+ else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 16
+ && clz + 16 + (size_of_uleb128 (i) > 5 ? 255 : 31)
+ >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
+ /* DW_OP_const2u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 5 bytes,
+ DW_OP_const2u X DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes 6 bytes,
+ while DW_OP_constu takes in this case at least 6 bytes. */
+ return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - clz - 16);
+ else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 32
+ && clz + 32 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
+ && size_of_uleb128 (i) > 6)
+ /* DW_OP_const4u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 7 bytes. */
+ return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - clz - 32);
+ else
+ op = DW_OP_constu;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (i >= -0x80)
+ op = DW_OP_const1s;
+ else if (i >= -0x8000)
+ op = DW_OP_const2s;
+ else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 || i >= -0x80000000)
+ {
+ if (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i) < 5)
+ {
+ dw_loc_descr_ref ret = int_loc_descriptor (-i);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg, 0, 0));
+ return ret;
+ }
+ op = DW_OP_const4s;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i)
+ < (unsigned long) 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i))
+ {
+ dw_loc_descr_ref ret = int_loc_descriptor (-i);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg, 0, 0));
+ return ret;
+ }
+ op = DW_OP_consts;
+ }
+ }
- if (TYPE_P (t))
- die = lookup_type_die (t);
- else if (DECL_P (t))
- die = lookup_decl_die (t);
+ return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
+}
- gcc_assert (die);
+/* Return size_of_locs (int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, shift))
+ without actually allocating it. */
- parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
- if (!parms)
- /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
- or function. End of story. */
- return;
+static unsigned long
+size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i, int shift)
+{
+ return size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i >> shift)
+ + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (shift)
+ + 1;
+}
- parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
- args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
- for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
- {
- tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
+/* Return size_of_locs (int_loc_descriptor (i)) without
+ actually allocating it. */
- parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
- arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
- arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
- gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
+static unsigned long
+size_of_int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
+{
+ unsigned long s;
- if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
+ if (i >= 0)
+ {
+ int clz, ctz;
+ if (i <= 31)
+ return 1;
+ else if (i <= 0xff)
+ return 2;
+ else if (i <= 0xffff)
+ return 3;
+ clz = clz_hwi (i);
+ ctz = ctz_hwi (i);
+ if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 5
+ && clz + 5 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
+ return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
+ - clz - 5);
+ else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 8
+ && clz + 8 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
+ return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
+ - clz - 8);
+ else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 || i <= 0xffffffff)
+ return 5;
+ s = size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
+ if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 8
+ && clz + 8 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
+ return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
+ - clz - 8);
+ else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 16
+ && clz + 16 + (s > 5 ? 255 : 31) >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
+ return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
+ - clz - 16);
+ else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 32
+ && clz + 32 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
+ && s > 6)
+ return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
+ - clz - 32);
+ else
+ return 1 + s;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (i >= -0x80)
+ return 2;
+ else if (i >= -0x8000)
+ return 3;
+ else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 || i >= -0x80000000)
{
- /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
- emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
- by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
- pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
- an argument pack. */
- if (arg_pack_elems)
- template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
- arg_pack_elems,
- die);
- else
- generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
- true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die);
+ if (-(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i != (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i)
+ {
+ s = size_of_int_loc_descriptor (-i) + 1;
+ if (s < 5)
+ return s;
+ }
+ return 5;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ unsigned long r = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
+ if (-(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i != (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i)
+ {
+ s = size_of_int_loc_descriptor (-i) + 1;
+ if (s < r)
+ return s;
+ }
+ return r;
}
}
}
-/* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
- the representation of a generic type parameter.
- For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
- ARG is the argument to PARM.
- EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
- name of the PARM.
- PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
- as a child node. */
+/* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
+ This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
-static dw_die_ref
-generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
- bool emit_name_p,
- dw_die_ref parent_die)
+static dw_loc_descr_ref
+address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
{
- dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
- const char *name = NULL;
+ int litsize;
+ dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
- if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
+ if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
return NULL;
- /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
- type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
- generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
- and arguments. */
- if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
- /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
- tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
- else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
- /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
- tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
- else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
- /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
- Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
- DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
- parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
- name of the template template argument. */
- tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
- parent_die, parm);
- else
- gcc_unreachable ();
+ litsize = size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i);
+ /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
+ is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
+ litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
+ and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
+ 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
+ if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
+ {
+ loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
+ add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
+ new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
+ return loc_result;
+ }
- if (tmpl_die)
+ loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
+ size, 0);
+ loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
+ loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
+ return loc_result;
+}
+
+/* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
+
+static dw_loc_descr_ref
+based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
+ enum var_init_status initialized)
+{
+ unsigned int regno;
+ dw_loc_descr_ref result;
+ dw_fde_ref fde = cfun->fde;
+
+ /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
+ post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
+ register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
+ argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
+ if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
{
- tree tmpl_type;
+ rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
- /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
- emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
- In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
- In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
- the die. */
- if (emit_name_p)
+ if (elim != reg)
{
- name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
- gcc_assert (name);
- add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
- }
+ if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
+ {
+ offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
+ elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
+ }
+ gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
+ && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
+ || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
+ || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
+ ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
+ : stack_pointer_rtx));
- if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
- {
- /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
- TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
- to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
- If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
- child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
- tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
- add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0,
- TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type),
- parent_die);
- }
- else
- {
- /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
- a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
- parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
+ /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
+ pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
+ is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
+ access stack variables. */
+ if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
+ && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
+ {
+ int base_reg
+ = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
+ ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
+ : REGNO (elim));
+ return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
+ }
- /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
- to the name of the argument. */
- name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
- if (name)
- add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
+ gcc_assert (frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid);
+ offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
+ return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
}
-
- if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
- /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
- DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
- attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
- of ARG.
- We must be careful here:
- The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
- We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
- type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
- know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
- emitted after cgraph computations.
- So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
- after cgraph is ready. */
- append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
}
- return tmpl_die;
-}
+ regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
-/* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
- PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
- will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
+ if (!optimize && fde
+ && (fde->drap_reg == regno || fde->vdrap_reg == regno))
+ {
+ /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
+ on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
+ Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
+ is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
+ used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
+ else in other part of the routine. */
+ return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
+ }
-static dw_die_ref
-template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
- tree parm_pack_args,
- dw_die_ref parent_die)
-{
- dw_die_ref die;
- int j;
+ if (regno <= 31)
+ result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
+ offset, 0);
+ else
+ result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
- gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
+ if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
+ add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
- die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
- add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
- for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
- generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
- TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
- false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
- die);
- return die;
+ return result;
}
-/* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
- an enumerated type. */
+/* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
static inline int
-type_is_enum (const_tree type)
+is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
{
- return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
+ return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
+ && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
+ && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
+ && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
}
-/* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
+/* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
+ failed. */
-static unsigned int
-dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
+static dw_loc_descr_ref
+tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
{
- unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
+ tree base;
+ dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
- gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
+ if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || !MEM_OFFSET_KNOWN_P (mem))
+ return NULL;
-#ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
- if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
- {
- int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
- if (leaf_reg != -1)
- regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
- }
-#endif
+ base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
+ if (base == NULL
+ || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
+ || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
+ return NULL;
- return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
+ loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1);
+ if (loc_result == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (MEM_OFFSET (mem))
+ loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, MEM_OFFSET (mem));
+
+ return loc_result;
}
-/* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
- DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
- doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
+/* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
+ expression. */
static void
-add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
+expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
{
- dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
-
- if (*list_head != NULL)
+ if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
{
- /* Find the end of the chain. */
- for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
- ;
-
- if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
- loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
+ fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
+ if (expr)
+ print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
+ if (rtl)
+ {
+ fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
+ print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
+ }
+ fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
}
}
-/* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
- zero if there is none. */
+/* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
+ or via for_each_rtx. */
-static dw_loc_descr_ref
-reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
+static int
+const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
- rtx regs;
+ rtx rtl = *rtlp;
- if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
+ if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSPEC)
+ {
+ /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
+ we can't express it in the debug info. */
+#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
+ /* Don't complain about TLS UNSPECs, those are just too hard to
+ delegitimize. */
+ if (XVECLEN (rtl, 0) != 1
+ || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
+ || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0)) == NULL
+ || TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0))) != VAR_DECL
+ || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0))))
+ inform (current_function_decl
+ ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl)
+ : UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
+#if NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES > 0
+ "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %s (%d) found in variable location",
+ ((XINT (rtl, 1) >= 0 && XINT (rtl, 1) < NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES)
+ ? unspec_strings[XINT (rtl, 1)] : "unknown"),
+ XINT (rtl, 1));
+#else
+ "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
+ XINT (rtl, 1));
+#endif
+#endif
+ expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
+ "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
return 0;
- /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
- post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
- register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
- argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's.
- Use DW_OP_fbreg offset DW_OP_stack_value in this case. */
- if ((rtl == arg_pointer_rtx || rtl == frame_pointer_rtx)
- && eliminate_regs (rtl, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX) != rtl)
+ if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
{
- dw_loc_descr_ref result = NULL;
+ bool marked;
+ get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
+ /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
+ it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
+ if (!marked)
+ {
+ expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
+ "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
- if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
+ if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
+ return 1;
+
+ /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
+ the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
+ and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
+ dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
+ to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
+ if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
+ {
+ tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
+
+ if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
{
- result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized);
- if (result)
- add_loc_descr (&result,
- new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
+ expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
+ "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
+ return 1;
}
- return result;
}
- regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
+ return 0;
+}
- if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
- return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
- else
- return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
+/* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
+ DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
+ non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
+
+static bool
+const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
+{
+ if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
+ return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0;
+
+ if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
+ return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0;
+
+ return true;
}
-/* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
- a given hard register number. */
+/* Return a reference to DW_TAG_base_type corresponding to MODE and UNSIGNEDP
+ if possible, NULL otherwise. */
+
+static dw_die_ref
+base_type_for_mode (enum machine_mode mode, bool unsignedp)
+{
+ dw_die_ref type_die;
+ tree type = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, unsignedp);
+
+ if (type == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ switch (TREE_CODE (type))
+ {
+ case INTEGER_TYPE:
+ case REAL_TYPE:
+ break;
+ default:
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
+ if (!type_die)
+ type_die = modified_type_die (type, false, false, comp_unit_die ());
+ if (type_die == NULL || type_die->die_tag != DW_TAG_base_type)
+ return NULL;
+ return type_die;
+}
+
+/* For OP descriptor assumed to be in unsigned MODE, convert it to a unsigned
+ type matching MODE, or, if MODE is narrower than or as wide as
+ DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, untyped. Return NULL if the conversion is not
+ possible. */
static dw_loc_descr_ref
-one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
+convert_descriptor_to_mode (enum machine_mode mode, dw_loc_descr_ref op)
{
- dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
-
- if (regno <= 31)
- reg_loc_descr
- = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
- else
- reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
-
- if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
- add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
+ enum machine_mode outer_mode = mode;
+ dw_die_ref type_die;
+ dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
- return reg_loc_descr;
+ if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
+ {
+ add_loc_descr (&op, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0));
+ return op;
+ }
+ type_die = base_type_for_mode (outer_mode, 1);
+ if (type_die == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
+ add_loc_descr (&op, cvt);
+ return op;
}
-/* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
- designates a value that spans more than one register. */
+/* Return location descriptor for comparison OP with operands OP0 and OP1. */
static dw_loc_descr_ref
-multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
- enum var_init_status initialized)
+compare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op, dw_loc_descr_ref op0,
+ dw_loc_descr_ref op1)
{
- int nregs, size, i;
- unsigned reg;
- dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
-
- reg = REGNO (rtl);
-#ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
- if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
+ dw_loc_descr_ref ret = op0;
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, op1);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
+ if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
{
- int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
- if (leaf_reg != -1)
- reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
}
-#endif
- gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
- nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
+ return ret;
+}
- /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
- if (regs == NULL_RTX)
- {
- size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
+/* Return location descriptor for signed comparison OP RTL. */
- loc_result = NULL;
- while (nregs--)
- {
- dw_loc_descr_ref t;
+static dw_loc_descr_ref
+scompare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op, rtx rtl,
+ enum machine_mode mem_mode)
+{
+ enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
+ dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
+ int shift;
- t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
- VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
- add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
- add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
- ++reg;
- }
- return loc_result;
- }
+ if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
+ op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
+ if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
+ return NULL;
- /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
+ if (dwarf_strict
+ && (GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT
+ || GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))
+ return NULL;
- gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
+ op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), op_mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), op_mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
- size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
- loc_result = NULL;
+ if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL)
+ return NULL;
- for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
+ if (GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT
+ || GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
+ return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
+
+ if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
{
- dw_loc_descr_ref t;
+ dw_die_ref type_die = base_type_for_mode (op_mode, 0);
+ dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
- t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
- VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
- add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
- size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
- add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
+ if (type_die == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
+ add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
+ cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
+ add_loc_descr (&op1, cvt);
+ return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
+ }
+
+ shift = (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode)) * BITS_PER_UNIT;
+ /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
+ there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
+ if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne)
+ {
+ dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
+ for (last0 = op0; last0->dw_loc_next != NULL; last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
+ ;
+ for (last1 = op1; last1->dw_loc_next != NULL; last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
+ ;
+ /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
+ whether they are zero extended or not. */
+ if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
+ && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
+ || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
+ && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
+ == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
+ && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
+ && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
+ || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
+ && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
+ == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))))
+ return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
+
+ /* EQ/NE comparison against constant in narrower type than
+ DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE can be performed either as
+ DW_OP_const1u <shift> DW_OP_shl DW_OP_const* <cst << shift>
+ DW_OP_{eq,ne}
+ or
+ DW_OP_const*u <mode_mask> DW_OP_and DW_OP_const* <cst & mode_mask>
+ DW_OP_{eq,ne}. Pick whatever is shorter. */
+ if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
+ && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
+ && (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (shift) + 1
+ + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift)
+ >= size_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)) + 1
+ + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
+ & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
+ {
+ add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)));
+ add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
+ op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
+ & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode));
+ return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
+ }
}
-
- if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
- add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
- return loc_result;
+ add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
+ add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
+ if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
+ op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
+ else
+ {
+ add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
+ add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
+ }
+ return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
}
-/* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
+/* Return location descriptor for unsigned comparison OP RTL. */
static dw_loc_descr_ref
-int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
+ucompare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op, rtx rtl,
+ enum machine_mode mem_mode)
{
- enum dwarf_location_atom op;
+ enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
+ dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
- /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
- defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
- if (i >= 0)
+ if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
+ op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
+ if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
+ return NULL;
+ if (GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (dwarf_strict && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
+ return NULL;
+
+ op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), op_mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), op_mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+
+ if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
{
- if (i <= 31)
- op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
- else if (i <= 0xff)
- op = DW_OP_const1u;
- else if (i <= 0xffff)
- op = DW_OP_const2u;
- else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
- || i <= 0xffffffff)
- op = DW_OP_const4u;
- else
- op = DW_OP_constu;
+ HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
+ dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
+ for (last0 = op0; last0->dw_loc_next != NULL; last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
+ ;
+ for (last1 = op1; last1->dw_loc_next != NULL; last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
+ ;
+ if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
+ op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask);
+ /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
+ else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
+ || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
+ {
+ add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
+ add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
+ }
+ if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
+ op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
+ /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
+ else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
+ || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
+ {
+ add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
+ add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
+ }
}
- else
+ else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
{
- if (i >= -0x80)
- op = DW_OP_const1s;
- else if (i >= -0x8000)
- op = DW_OP_const2s;
- else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
- || i >= -0x80000000)
- op = DW_OP_const4s;
+ HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
+ bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
+ add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
+ if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
+ op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
+ + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
else
- op = DW_OP_consts;
+ add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
+ bias, 0));
}
-
- return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
+ return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
}
-/* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
- This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
+/* Return location descriptor for {U,S}{MIN,MAX}. */
static dw_loc_descr_ref
-address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
+minmax_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
+ enum machine_mode mem_mode)
{
- int litsize;
- dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
+ enum dwarf_location_atom op;
+ dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1, ret;
+ dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
- if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
+ if (dwarf_strict
+ && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
+ || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))
return NULL;
- if (i >= 0)
+ op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+
+ if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
+ if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
{
- if (i <= 31)
- litsize = 1;
- else if (i <= 0xff)
- litsize = 2;
- else if (i <= 0xffff)
- litsize = 3;
- else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
- || i <= 0xffffffff)
- litsize = 5;
- else
- litsize = 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
+ if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
+ {
+ HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
+ add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
+ add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
+ add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
+ }
+ else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
+ {
+ HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
+ bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
+ add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
+ }
}
- else
+ else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
+ && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
{
- if (i >= -0x80)
- litsize = 2;
- else if (i >= -0x8000)
- litsize = 3;
- else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
- || i >= -0x80000000)
- litsize = 5;
- else
- litsize = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
+ int shift = (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) * BITS_PER_UNIT;
+ add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
+ add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
+ add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
}
- /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
- is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
- litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
- and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
- 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
- if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
+ else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
+ && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
{
- loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
- add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
- new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
- return loc_result;
- }
-
- loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
- size, 0);
- loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
- loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
- return loc_result;
+ dw_die_ref type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode, 0);
+ dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
+ if (type_die == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
+ add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
+ cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
+ add_loc_descr (&op1, cvt);
+ }
+
+ if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
+ op = DW_OP_lt;
+ else
+ op = DW_OP_gt;
+ ret = op0;
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, op1);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
+ bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
+ drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, drop_node);
+ bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
+ bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
+ if ((GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == SMAX)
+ && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
+ && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
+ ret = convert_descriptor_to_mode (mode, ret);
+ return ret;
}
-/* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
+/* Helper function for mem_loc_descriptor. Perform OP binary op,
+ but after converting arguments to type_die, afterwards
+ convert back to unsigned. */
static dw_loc_descr_ref
-based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
- enum var_init_status initialized)
+typed_binop (enum dwarf_location_atom op, rtx rtl, dw_die_ref type_die,
+ enum machine_mode mode, enum machine_mode mem_mode)
{
- unsigned int regno;
- dw_loc_descr_ref result;
- dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
-
- /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
- post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
- register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
- argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
- if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
- {
- rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
+ dw_loc_descr_ref cvt, op0, op1;
- if (elim != reg)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
- {
- offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
- elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
- }
- gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
- && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
- || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
- || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
- ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
- : stack_pointer_rtx));
-
- /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
- pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
- is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
- access stack variables. */
- if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
- && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
- {
- int base_reg
- = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
- ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
- : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
- return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
- }
+ if (type_die == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
+ add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
+ cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
+ add_loc_descr (&op1, cvt);
+ add_loc_descr (&op0, op1);
+ add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
+ return convert_descriptor_to_mode (mode, op0);
+}
+
+/* CLZ (where constV is CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO computed value,
+ const0 is DW_OP_lit0 or corresponding typed constant,
+ const1 is DW_OP_lit1 or corresponding typed constant
+ and constMSB is constant with just the MSB bit set
+ for the mode):
+ DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop constV DW_OP_skip <L4>
+ L1: const0 DW_OP_swap
+ L2: DW_OP_dup constMSB DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shl
+ DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
+ L3: DW_OP_drop
+ L4: DW_OP_nop
+
+ CTZ is similar:
+ DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop constV DW_OP_skip <L4>
+ L1: const0 DW_OP_swap
+ L2: DW_OP_dup const1 DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shr
+ DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
+ L3: DW_OP_drop
+ L4: DW_OP_nop
+
+ FFS is similar:
+ DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop const0 DW_OP_skip <L4>
+ L1: const1 DW_OP_swap
+ L2: DW_OP_dup const1 DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shr
+ DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
+ L3: DW_OP_drop
+ L4: DW_OP_nop */
- offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
- return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
- }
- }
- else if (!optimize
- && fde
- && (fde->drap_reg == REGNO (reg)
- || fde->vdrap_reg == REGNO (reg)))
- {
- /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
- on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
- Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
- is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
- used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
- else in other part of the routine. */
- return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
- }
+static dw_loc_descr_ref
+clz_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
+ enum machine_mode mem_mode)
+{
+ dw_loc_descr_ref op0, ret, tmp;
+ HOST_WIDE_INT valv;
+ dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump, l1label;
+ dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump, l2label;
+ dw_loc_descr_ref l3jump, l3label;
+ dw_loc_descr_ref l4jump, l4label;
+ rtx msb;
+
+ if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
+ || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != mode
+ || (GET_CODE (rtl) == CLZ
+ && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) > 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
+ return NULL;
- regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
- if (regno <= 31)
- result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
- offset, 0);
+ op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ if (op0 == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ ret = op0;
+ if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CLZ)
+ {
+ if (!CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, valv))
+ valv = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
+ }
+ else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == FFS)
+ valv = 0;
+ else if (!CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, valv))
+ valv = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
+ l1jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, l1jump);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0));
+ tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (valv), mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ if (tmp == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
+ l4jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, l4jump);
+ l1label = mem_loc_descriptor (GET_CODE (rtl) == FFS
+ ? const1_rtx : const0_rtx,
+ mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ if (l1label == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, l1label);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
+ l2label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, l2label);
+ if (GET_CODE (rtl) != CLZ)
+ msb = const1_rtx;
+ else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
+ msb = GEN_INT ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
+ << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1));
else
- result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
-
- if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
- add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
-
- return result;
+ msb = immed_double_const (0, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
+ << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)
+ - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1), mode);
+ if (GET_CODE (msb) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (msb) < 0)
+ tmp = new_loc_descr (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
+ ? DW_OP_const4u : HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64
+ ? DW_OP_const8u : DW_OP_constu, INTVAL (msb), 0);
+ else
+ tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (msb, mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ if (tmp == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
+ l3jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, l3jump);
+ tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ if (tmp == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (GET_CODE (rtl) == CLZ
+ ? DW_OP_shl : DW_OP_shr, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, 1, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
+ l2jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, l2jump);
+ l3label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, l3label);
+ l4label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, l4label);
+ l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
+ l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l1label;
+ l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
+ l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l2label;
+ l3jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
+ l3jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l3label;
+ l4jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
+ l4jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l4label;
+ return ret;
}
-/* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
+/* POPCOUNT (const0 is DW_OP_lit0 or corresponding typed constant,
+ const1 is DW_OP_lit1 or corresponding typed constant):
+ const0 DW_OP_swap
+ L1: DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L2> DW_OP_dup DW_OP_rot const1 DW_OP_and
+ DW_OP_plus DW_OP_swap const1 DW_OP_shr DW_OP_skip <L1>
+ L2: DW_OP_drop
-static inline int
-is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
+ PARITY is similar:
+ L1: DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L2> DW_OP_dup DW_OP_rot const1 DW_OP_and
+ DW_OP_xor DW_OP_swap const1 DW_OP_shr DW_OP_skip <L1>
+ L2: DW_OP_drop */
+
+static dw_loc_descr_ref
+popcount_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
+ enum machine_mode mem_mode)
{
- return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
- && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
- && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
- && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
+ dw_loc_descr_ref op0, ret, tmp;
+ dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump, l1label;
+ dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump, l2label;
+
+ if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
+ || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != mode)
+ return NULL;
+
+ op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ if (op0 == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ ret = op0;
+ tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ if (tmp == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
+ l1label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, l1label);
+ l2jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, l2jump);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_rot, 0, 0));
+ tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ if (tmp == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (GET_CODE (rtl) == POPCOUNT
+ ? DW_OP_plus : DW_OP_xor, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
+ tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr, 0, 0));
+ l1jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, l1jump);
+ l2label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, l2label);
+ l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
+ l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l1label;
+ l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
+ l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l2label;
+ return ret;
}
-/* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
- failed. */
+/* BSWAP (constS is initial shift count, either 56 or 24):
+ constS const0
+ L1: DW_OP_pick <2> constS DW_OP_pick <3> DW_OP_minus DW_OP_shr
+ const255 DW_OP_and DW_OP_pick <2> DW_OP_shl DW_OP_or
+ DW_OP_swap DW_OP_dup const0 DW_OP_eq DW_OP_bra <L2> const8
+ DW_OP_minus DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L1>
+ L2: DW_OP_drop DW_OP_swap DW_OP_drop */
static dw_loc_descr_ref
-tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
+bswap_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
+ enum machine_mode mem_mode)
{
- tree base;
- dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
+ dw_loc_descr_ref op0, ret, tmp;
+ dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump, l1label;
+ dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump, l2label;
- if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || MEM_OFFSET (mem) == NULL_RTX)
+ if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
+ || BITS_PER_UNIT != 8
+ || (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) != 32
+ && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) != 64))
return NULL;
- base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
- if (base == NULL
- || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
- || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
+ op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ if (op0 == NULL)
return NULL;
- loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1);
- if (loc_result == NULL)
+ ret = op0;
+ tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 8),
+ mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ if (tmp == NULL)
return NULL;
-
- if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)))
- loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)));
-
- return loc_result;
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
+ tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ if (tmp == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
+ l1label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick, 2, 0);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, l1label);
+ tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 8),
+ mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick, 3, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr, 0, 0));
+ tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (255), mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ if (tmp == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick, 2, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_or, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
+ tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_eq, 0, 0));
+ l2jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, l2jump);
+ tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (8), mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
+ l1jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, l1jump);
+ l2label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, l2label);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0));
+ l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
+ l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l1label;
+ l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
+ l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l2label;
+ return ret;
}
-/* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
- expression. */
+/* ROTATE (constMASK is mode mask, BITSIZE is bitsize of mode):
+ DW_OP_over DW_OP_over DW_OP_shl [ constMASK DW_OP_and ] DW_OP_rot
+ [ DW_OP_swap constMASK DW_OP_and DW_OP_swap ] DW_OP_neg
+ DW_OP_plus_uconst <BITSIZE> DW_OP_shr DW_OP_or
-static void
-expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
+ ROTATERT is similar:
+ DW_OP_over DW_OP_over DW_OP_neg DW_OP_plus_uconst <BITSIZE>
+ DW_OP_shl [ constMASK DW_OP_and ] DW_OP_rot
+ [ DW_OP_swap constMASK DW_OP_and DW_OP_swap ] DW_OP_shr DW_OP_or */
+
+static dw_loc_descr_ref
+rotate_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
+ enum machine_mode mem_mode)
{
- if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
- {
- fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
- if (expr)
- print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
- if (rtl)
- {
- fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
- print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
- }
- fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
- }
-}
+ rtx rtlop1 = XEXP (rtl, 1);
+ dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1, ret, mask[2] = { NULL, NULL };
+ int i;
-/* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
- or via for_each_rtx. */
+ if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
+ return NULL;
-static int
-const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- rtx rtl = *rtlp;
+ if (GET_MODE (rtlop1) != VOIDmode
+ && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtlop1)) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
+ rtlop1 = gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode, rtlop1);
+ op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (rtlop1, mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
+ for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
+ {
+ if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
+ mask[i] = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_MASK (mode)),
+ mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
+ mask[i] = new_loc_descr (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
+ ? DW_OP_const4u
+ : HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64
+ ? DW_OP_const8u : DW_OP_constu,
+ GET_MODE_MASK (mode), 0);
+ else
+ mask[i] = NULL;
+ if (mask[i] == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ add_loc_descr (&mask[i], new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
+ }
+ ret = op0;
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, op1);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
+ if (GET_CODE (rtl) == ROTATERT)
+ {
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
+ GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), 0));
+ }
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
+ if (mask[0] != NULL)
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, mask[0]);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_rot, 0, 0));
+ if (mask[1] != NULL)
+ {
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, mask[1]);
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
+ }
+ if (GET_CODE (rtl) == ROTATE)
+ {
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
+ GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), 0));
+ }
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_or, 0, 0));
+ return ret;
+}
- if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSPEC)
- {
- /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
- we can't express it in the debug info. */
-#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
- /* Don't complain about TLS UNSPECs, those are just too hard to
- delegitimize. */
- if (XVECLEN (rtl, 0) != 1
- || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
- || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0)) == NULL
- || TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0))) != VAR_DECL
- || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0))))
- inform (current_function_decl
- ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl)
- : UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
- "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
- XINT (rtl, 1));
-#endif
- expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
- "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
- return 1;
- }
+/* Helper function for mem_loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
+ for DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF RTL. */
- if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
- return 0;
+static dw_loc_descr_ref
+parameter_ref_descriptor (rtx rtl)
+{
+ dw_loc_descr_ref ret;
+ dw_die_ref ref;
- if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
+ if (dwarf_strict)
+ return NULL;
+ gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl)) == PARM_DECL);
+ ref = lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl));
+ ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref, 0, 0);
+ if (ref)
{
- bool marked;
- get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
- /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
- it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
- if (!marked)
- {
- expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
- "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
- return 1;
- }
+ ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
+ ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = ref;
+ ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
}
-
- if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
- return 1;
-
- /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
- the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
- and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
- dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
- to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
- if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
+ else
{
- tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
-
- if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
- {
- expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
- "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
- return 1;
- }
+ ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_decl_ref;
+ ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_decl_ref = DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl);
}
-
- return 0;
+ return ret;
}
-/* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
- DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
- non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
+/* Helper function to get mode of MEM's address. */
-static bool
-const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
+enum machine_mode
+get_address_mode (rtx mem)
{
- if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
- return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0;
-
- if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
- return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0;
-
- return true;
+ enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (mem, 0));
+ if (mode != VOIDmode)
+ return mode;
+ return targetm.addr_space.address_mode (MEM_ADDR_SPACE (mem));
}
/* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
- MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
- autoincrement addressing modes.
+ MODE is the mode that should be assumed for the rtl if it is VOIDmode.
- CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
- location list for RTL.
+ MEM_MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
+ autoincrement addressing modes.
Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
-static dw_loc_descr_ref
+dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
+ enum machine_mode mem_mode,
enum var_init_status initialized)
{
dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
enum dwarf_location_atom op;
dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
+ if (mode == VOIDmode)
+ mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
+
/* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
+ if (mode != GET_MODE (rtl) && GET_MODE (rtl) != VOIDmode)
+ return NULL;
+
switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
{
case POST_INC:
case POST_DEC:
case POST_MODIFY:
- return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
+ return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode, initialized);
case SUBREG:
/* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
contains the given subreg. */
if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
break;
- rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
- if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
+ if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
+ && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl))) == MODE_INT
+ && (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
+#ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
+ || (mode == Pmode && mem_mode != VOIDmode)
+#endif
+ )
+ && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
+ {
+ mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl),
+ GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl)),
+ mem_mode, initialized);
+ break;
+ }
+ if (dwarf_strict)
+ break;
+ if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl))))
break;
- if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl)) != MODE_INT)
+ if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl)))
+ && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
+ || GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl))) != MODE_INT))
break;
- mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, initialized);
+ else
+ {
+ dw_die_ref type_die;
+ dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
+
+ mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl),
+ GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl)),
+ mem_mode, initialized);
+ if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
+ break;
+ type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode,
+ GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT);
+ if (type_die == NULL)
+ {
+ mem_loc_result = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)
+ != GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl))))
+ cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
+ else
+ cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret, 0, 0);
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
+ add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, cvt);
+ }
break;
case REG:
+ if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
+ || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
+#ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
+ && (mode != Pmode || mem_mode == VOIDmode)
+#endif
+ ))
+ {
+ dw_die_ref type_die;
+
+ if (dwarf_strict)
+ break;
+ if (REGNO (rtl) > FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
+ break;
+ type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode,
+ GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT);
+ if (type_die == NULL)
+ break;
+ mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_regval_type,
+ dbx_reg_number (rtl), 0);
+ mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
+ mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
+ mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
+ break;
+ }
/* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
case SIGN_EXTEND:
case ZERO_EXTEND:
- op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
- VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
+ break;
+ op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
+ mem_mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
if (op0 == 0)
break;
- else
+ else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == ZERO_EXTEND
+ && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
+ && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
+ < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
+ /* If DW_OP_const{1,2,4}u won't be used, it is shorter
+ to expand zero extend as two shifts instead of
+ masking. */
+ && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= 4)
+ {
+ enum machine_mode imode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
+ mem_loc_result = op0;
+ add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
+ int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (imode)));
+ add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
+ }
+ else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
{
int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
}
+ else if (!dwarf_strict)
+ {
+ dw_die_ref type_die1, type_die2;
+ dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
+
+ type_die1 = base_type_for_mode (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
+ GET_CODE (rtl) == ZERO_EXTEND);
+ if (type_die1 == NULL)
+ break;
+ type_die2 = base_type_for_mode (mode, 1);
+ if (type_die2 == NULL)
+ break;
+ mem_loc_result = op0;
+ cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die1;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
+ add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, cvt);
+ cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die2;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
+ add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, cvt);
+ }
break;
case MEM:
- mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
+ {
+ rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
+ if (new_rtl != rtl)
+ {
+ mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, mem_mode,
+ initialized);
+ if (mem_loc_result != NULL)
+ return mem_loc_result;
+ }
+ }
+ mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0),
+ get_address_mode (rtl), mode,
VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
- if (mem_loc_result != 0)
+ if (mem_loc_result != NULL)
{
- if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
+ if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
+ || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
{
- expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, "DWARF address size mismatch");
- return 0;
+ dw_die_ref type_die;
+ dw_loc_descr_ref deref;
+
+ if (dwarf_strict)
+ return NULL;
+ type_die
+ = base_type_for_mode (mode, GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT);
+ if (type_die == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ deref = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_deref_type,
+ GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
+ deref->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
+ deref->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
+ deref->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
+ add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, deref);
}
- else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
+ else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
else
add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size,
- GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)), 0));
- }
- else
- {
- rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
- if (new_rtl != rtl)
- return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
+ GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
}
break;
case LO_SUM:
- rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
-
- /* ... fall through ... */
+ return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode, initialized);
case LABEL_REF:
/* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
pool. */
case CONST:
case SYMBOL_REF:
+ if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
+ || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
+#ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
+ && (mode != Pmode || mem_mode == VOIDmode)
+#endif
+ ))
+ break;
if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
&& SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
{
return 0;
case ENTRY_VALUE:
- mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_entry_value, 0, 0);
- mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
- if (REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
- mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc
- = one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
- VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
- else if (MEM_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)) && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0)))
+ if (dwarf_strict)
+ return NULL;
+ if (REG_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl)))
{
- dw_loc_descr_ref ref
- = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
- VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
- if (ref == NULL)
+ if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
+ || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
+ op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl), mode,
+ VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ else
+ op0
+ = one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl)),
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ }
+ else if (MEM_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl))
+ && REG_P (XEXP (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl), 0)))
+ {
+ op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl), mode,
+ VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ if (op0 && op0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg)
return NULL;
- mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = ref;
}
else
gcc_unreachable ();
- return mem_loc_result;
+ if (op0 == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_entry_value, 0, 0);
+ mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
+ mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = op0;
+ break;
+
+ case DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF:
+ mem_loc_result = parameter_ref_descriptor (rtl);
+ break;
case PRE_MODIFY:
/* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
case PRE_DEC:
/* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
below. */
- rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
+ rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
- ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
- : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
+ ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mem_mode)
+ : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mem_mode)));
/* ... fall through ... */
case PLUS:
plus:
- if (is_based_loc (rtl))
+ if (is_based_loc (rtl)
+ && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
+ && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT)
mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
else
{
- mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
+ mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
if (mem_loc_result == 0)
break;
- if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
+ if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
+ && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
else
{
- dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
- = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
- VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
- if (mem_loc_result2 == 0)
+ op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ if (op1 == 0)
break;
- add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_result2);
+ add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
}
goto do_binop;
case DIV:
+ if (!dwarf_strict
+ && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
+ && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
+ {
+ mem_loc_result = typed_binop (DW_OP_div, rtl,
+ base_type_for_mode (mode, 0),
+ mode, mem_mode);
+ break;
+ }
op = DW_OP_div;
goto do_binop;
case ASHIFT:
op = DW_OP_shl;
- goto do_binop;
+ goto do_shift;
case ASHIFTRT:
op = DW_OP_shra;
- goto do_binop;
+ goto do_shift;
case LSHIFTRT:
op = DW_OP_shr;
- goto do_binop;
+ goto do_shift;
+
+ do_shift:
+ if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
+ break;
+ op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ {
+ rtx rtlop1 = XEXP (rtl, 1);
+ if (GET_MODE (rtlop1) != VOIDmode
+ && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtlop1))
+ < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
+ rtlop1 = gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode, rtlop1);
+ op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (rtlop1, mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ }
+
+ if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
+ break;
+
+ mem_loc_result = op0;
+ add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
+ add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
+ break;
case AND:
op = DW_OP_and;
goto do_binop;
do_binop:
- op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
+ op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
- op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
+ op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
break;
case MOD:
- op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
+ if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE && !dwarf_strict)
+ {
+ mem_loc_result = typed_binop (DW_OP_mod, rtl,
+ base_type_for_mode (mode, 0),
+ mode, mem_mode);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
- op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
+ op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
break;
+ case UDIV:
+ if (!dwarf_strict && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT)
+ {
+ if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
+ {
+ op = DW_OP_div;
+ goto do_binop;
+ }
+ mem_loc_result = typed_binop (DW_OP_div, rtl,
+ base_type_for_mode (mode, 1),
+ mode, mem_mode);
+ }
+ break;
+
case NOT:
op = DW_OP_not;
goto do_unop;
goto do_unop;
do_unop:
- op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
+ op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
if (op0 == 0)
break;
case CONST_INT:
- mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
+ if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
+#ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
+ || (mode == Pmode
+ && mem_mode != VOIDmode
+ && trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (rtl), ptr_mode) == INTVAL (rtl))
+#endif
+ )
+ {
+ mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!dwarf_strict
+ && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
+ || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
+ {
+ dw_die_ref type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode, 1);
+ enum machine_mode amode;
+ if (type_die == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ amode = mode_for_size (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT,
+ MODE_INT, 0);
+ if (INTVAL (rtl) >= 0
+ && amode != BLKmode
+ && trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (rtl), amode) == INTVAL (rtl)
+ /* const DW_OP_GNU_convert <XXX> vs.
+ DW_OP_GNU_const_type <XXX, 1, const>. */
+ && size_of_int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl)) + 1 + 1
+ < (unsigned long) 1 + 1 + 1 + GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
+ {
+ mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
+ op0 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
+ op0->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
+ op0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
+ op0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
+ add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op0);
+ return mem_loc_result;
+ }
+ mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_const_type, 0,
+ INTVAL (rtl));
+ mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
+ mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
+ mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
+ if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
+ mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
+ else
+ {
+ mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class
+ = dw_val_class_const_double;
+ mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double
+ = shwi_to_double_int (INTVAL (rtl));
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case CONST_DOUBLE:
+ if (!dwarf_strict)
+ {
+ dw_die_ref type_die;
+
+ /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
+ or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
+ the constant requires more than one word in order to be
+ adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
+ if (mode == VOIDmode
+ || (GET_MODE (rtl) == VOIDmode
+ && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) != 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
+ break;
+ type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode,
+ GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT);
+ if (type_die == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_const_type, 0, 0);
+ mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
+ mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
+ mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
+ if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
+ {
+ unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
+ unsigned char *array
+ = (unsigned char*) ggc_alloc_atomic (length);
+
+ insert_float (rtl, array);
+ mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
+ mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
+ mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
+ mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class
+ = dw_val_class_const_double;
+ mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double
+ = rtx_to_double_int (rtl);
+ }
+ }
break;
case EQ:
- op = DW_OP_eq;
- goto do_scompare;
+ mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_eq, rtl, mem_mode);
+ break;
case GE:
- op = DW_OP_ge;
- goto do_scompare;
+ mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ge, rtl, mem_mode);
+ break;
case GT:
- op = DW_OP_gt;
- goto do_scompare;
+ mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_gt, rtl, mem_mode);
+ break;
case LE:
- op = DW_OP_le;
- goto do_scompare;
+ mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_le, rtl, mem_mode);
+ break;
case LT:
- op = DW_OP_lt;
- goto do_scompare;
+ mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_lt, rtl, mem_mode);
+ break;
case NE:
- op = DW_OP_ne;
- goto do_scompare;
-
- do_scompare:
- if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
- break;
- else
- {
- enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
-
- if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
- op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
- if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
- break;
-
- op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
- VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
- op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
- VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
-
- if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
- break;
-
- if (op_mode != VOIDmode
- && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
- {
- int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode);
- shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
- /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
- there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
- if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne)
- {
- dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
- for (last0 = op0;
- last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
- last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
- ;
- for (last1 = op1;
- last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
- last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
- ;
- /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
- whether they are zero extended or not. */
- if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
- && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
- <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
- || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
- && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
- == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
- & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
- && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
- && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
- <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
- || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
- && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
- INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
- == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
- & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))))
- goto do_compare;
- }
- add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
- add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
- if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
- op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
- else
- {
- add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
- add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
- }
- }
- }
-
- do_compare:
- mem_loc_result = op0;
- add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
- add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
- if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
- {
- add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
- int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
- add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
- }
+ mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ne, rtl, mem_mode);
break;
case GEU:
- op = DW_OP_ge;
- goto do_ucompare;
+ mem_loc_result = ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ge, rtl, mem_mode);
+ break;
case GTU:
- op = DW_OP_gt;
- goto do_ucompare;
+ mem_loc_result = ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_gt, rtl, mem_mode);
+ break;
case LEU:
- op = DW_OP_le;
- goto do_ucompare;
+ mem_loc_result = ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_le, rtl, mem_mode);
+ break;
case LTU:
- op = DW_OP_lt;
- goto do_ucompare;
-
- do_ucompare:
- if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
- break;
- else
- {
- enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
-
- if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
- op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
- if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
- break;
-
- op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
- VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
- op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
- VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
-
- if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
- break;
-
- if (op_mode != VOIDmode
- && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
- {
- HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
- dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
- for (last0 = op0;
- last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
- last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
- ;
- for (last1 = op1;
- last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
- last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
- ;
- if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
- op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask);
- /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
- else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
- || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
- > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
- {
- add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
- add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
- }
- if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
- op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
- /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
- else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
- || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
- > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
- {
- add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
- add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
- }
- }
- else
- {
- HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
- bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
- add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
- if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
- op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
- + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
- else
- add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
- bias, 0));
- }
- }
- goto do_compare;
+ mem_loc_result = ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_lt, rtl, mem_mode);
+ break;
- case SMIN:
- case SMAX:
case UMIN:
case UMAX:
- if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT
- || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
- break;
-
- op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
- VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
- op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
- VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
-
- if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
+ if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
break;
-
- add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
- add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
- add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
- if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
- {
- if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
- {
- HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
- add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
- add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
- add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
- add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
- }
- else
- {
- HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
- bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
- add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
- add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
- }
- }
- else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
- {
- int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
- shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
- add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
- add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
- add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
- add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
- op = DW_OP_lt;
- else
- op = DW_OP_gt;
- mem_loc_result = op0;
- add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
- add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
- {
- dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
-
- bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
- add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
- add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
- drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
- add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
- bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
- bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
- }
+ /* FALLTHRU */
+ case SMIN:
+ case SMAX:
+ mem_loc_result = minmax_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode);
break;
case ZERO_EXTRACT:
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2))
&& ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
+ (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2))
- <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)))
- && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
+ <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
+ && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
+ && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
+ && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
{
int shift, size;
- op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
- VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
+ mem_mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
if (op0 == 0)
break;
if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
case IF_THEN_ELSE:
{
dw_loc_descr_ref op2, bra_node, drop_node;
- op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
+ op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0),
+ GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == VOIDmode
+ ? word_mode : GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
+ mem_mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
- op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
- VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
- op2 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 2), mode,
+ op2 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 2), mode, mem_mode,
VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL || op2 == NULL)
break;
}
break;
- case COMPARE:
+ case FLOAT_EXTEND:
+ case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
+ case FLOAT:
+ case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
+ case FIX:
+ case UNSIGNED_FIX:
+ if (!dwarf_strict)
+ {
+ dw_die_ref type_die;
+ dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
+
+ op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
+ mem_mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ if (op0 == NULL)
+ break;
+ if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) == MODE_INT
+ && (GET_CODE (rtl) == FLOAT
+ || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
+ <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))
+ {
+ type_die = base_type_for_mode (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
+ GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSIGNED_FLOAT);
+ if (type_die == NULL)
+ break;
+ cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
+ add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
+ }
+ type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode, GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSIGNED_FIX);
+ if (type_die == NULL)
+ break;
+ cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
+ cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
+ add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
+ if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
+ && (GET_CODE (rtl) == FIX
+ || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))
+ {
+ op0 = convert_descriptor_to_mode (mode, op0);
+ if (op0 == NULL)
+ break;
+ }
+ mem_loc_result = op0;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case CLZ:
+ case CTZ:
+ case FFS:
+ mem_loc_result = clz_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode);
+ break;
+
+ case POPCOUNT:
+ case PARITY:
+ mem_loc_result = popcount_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode);
+ break;
+
+ case BSWAP:
+ mem_loc_result = bswap_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode);
+ break;
+
case ROTATE:
case ROTATERT:
+ mem_loc_result = rotate_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode);
+ break;
+
+ case COMPARE:
case TRUNCATE:
/* In theory, we could implement the above. */
/* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
case US_ASHIFT:
case SS_TRUNCATE:
case US_TRUNCATE:
- case UDIV:
case UNORDERED:
case ORDERED:
case UNEQ:
case UNLE:
case UNLT:
case LTGT:
- case FLOAT_EXTEND:
- case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
- case FLOAT:
- case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
- case FIX:
- case UNSIGNED_FIX:
case FRACT_CONVERT:
case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT:
case SAT_FRACT:
case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT:
case SQRT:
- case BSWAP:
- case FFS:
- case CLZ:
- case CTZ:
- case POPCOUNT:
- case PARITY:
case ASM_OPERANDS:
case VEC_MERGE:
case VEC_SELECT:
case VEC_DUPLICATE:
case UNSPEC:
case HIGH:
+ case FMA:
+ case STRICT_LOW_PART:
+ case CONST_VECTOR:
+ case CONST_FIXED:
+ case CLRSB:
/* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
TLS UNSPECs. */
up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
contains the given subreg. */
- loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl), mode, initialized);
+ if (REG_P (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) && subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
+ loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl),
+ GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl)), initialized);
+ else
+ goto do_default;
break;
case REG:
break;
case MEM:
- loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
- initialized);
+ loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), get_address_mode (rtl),
+ GET_MODE (rtl), initialized);
if (loc_result == NULL)
loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
if (loc_result == NULL)
break;
}
/* FALLTHRU */
+ do_default:
default:
- if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
- && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
+ if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
+ && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
+ && dwarf_version >= 4)
+ || (!dwarf_strict && mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode))
{
/* Value expression. */
- loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized);
+ loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VOIDmode, initialized);
if (loc_result)
add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
if (MEM_P (varloc))
{
rtx addr = XEXP (varloc, 0);
- descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, mode, initialized);
+ descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, get_address_mode (varloc),
+ mode, initialized);
if (descr)
have_address = 1;
else
{
rtx x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc);
if (x != varloc)
- descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, initialized);
+ descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, VOIDmode,
+ initialized);
}
}
else
- descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
+ descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, VOIDmode, initialized);
}
else
return 0;
if (MEM_P (varloc))
{
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT memsize
- = INTVAL (MEM_SIZE (varloc)) * BITS_PER_UNIT;
+ = MEM_SIZE (varloc) * BITS_PER_UNIT;
if (memsize != bitsize)
{
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN != WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
}
if (descr)
{
+ bool range_across_switch = false;
+ /* If section switch happens in between node->label
+ and node->next->label (or end of function) and
+ we can't emit it as a single entry list,
+ emit two ranges, first one ending at the end
+ of first partition and second one starting at the
+ beginning of second partition. */
+ if (node == loc_list->last_before_switch
+ && (node != loc_list->first || loc_list->first->next)
+ && current_function_decl)
+ {
+ endname = cfun->fde->dw_fde_end;
+ range_across_switch = true;
+ }
/* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
- if (node->next)
+ else if (node->next)
endname = node->next->label;
/* If the variable has a location at the last label
it keeps its location until the end of function. */
}
*listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, endname, secname);
+ if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
+ && node == loc_list->first
+ && GET_CODE (node->loc) == NOTE
+ && strcmp (node->label, endname) == 0)
+ (*listp)->force = true;
listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
+
+ if (range_across_switch)
+ {
+ if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
+ descr = dw_sra_loc_expr (decl, node->loc);
+ else
+ {
+ initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->loc);
+ varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->loc);
+ descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address,
+ initialized);
+ }
+ gcc_assert (descr);
+ /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
+ NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
+ if (node->next)
+ endname = node->next->label;
+ else
+ endname = cfun->fde->dw_fde_second_end;
+ *listp = new_loc_list (descr,
+ cfun->fde->dw_fde_second_begin,
+ endname, secname);
+ listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
+ }
}
}
{
/* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
- enum machine_mode mode;
if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
{
"CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
return 0;
}
- mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
- rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
- return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), get_address_mode (rtl),
+ GET_MODE (rtl), VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
}
/* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
}
else
{
- enum machine_mode mode;
+ enum machine_mode mode, mem_mode;
/* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
if (want_address == 2)
else
{
mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
+ mem_mode = VOIDmode;
if (MEM_P (rtl))
{
+ mem_mode = mode;
+ mode = get_address_mode (rtl);
rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
have_address = 1;
}
- ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
}
if (!ret)
expansion_failed (loc, rtl,
}
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
{
- if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
+ if (rtl == NULL_RTX
+ || is_pseudo_reg (rtl)
+ || (MEM_P (rtl)
+ && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 0))
+ && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)
+ && MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
+ && GET_MODE (rtl) == GET_MODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))))
{
tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
if (dmode == pmode)
rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
- else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
+ else if ((rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
+ && SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
&& DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
{
these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
- function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
+ function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address.
+
+ CACHE_P is true if it is worth caching the location list for DECL,
+ so that future calls can reuse it rather than regenerate it from scratch.
+ This is true for BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS in inlined subroutines,
+ since we will need to refer to them each time the function is inlined. */
static bool
-add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
+add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl, bool cache_p,
enum dwarf_attribute attr)
{
rtx rtl;
dw_loc_list_ref list;
var_loc_list *loc_list;
+ cached_dw_loc_list *cache;
+ void **slot;
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
return false;
&& add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
return true;
}
- list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2);
+ /* If this decl is from BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS, we might need its
+ list several times. See if we've already cached the contents. */
+ list = NULL;
+ if (loc_list == NULL || cached_dw_loc_list_table == NULL)
+ cache_p = false;
+ if (cache_p)
+ {
+ cache = (cached_dw_loc_list *)
+ htab_find_with_hash (cached_dw_loc_list_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
+ if (cache)
+ list = cache->loc_list;
+ }
+ if (list == NULL)
+ {
+ list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2);
+ /* It is usually worth caching this result if the decl is from
+ BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS and if the list has at least two elements. */
+ if (cache_p && list && list->dw_loc_next)
+ {
+ slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (cached_dw_loc_list_table, decl,
+ DECL_UID (decl), INSERT);
+ cache = ggc_alloc_cleared_cached_dw_loc_list ();
+ cache->decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
+ cache->loc_list = list;
+ *slot = cache;
+ }
+ }
if (list)
{
add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list);
{
int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0)
- tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0);
- while (count > 0)
+ while (count-- > 0)
{
if (val)
memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize);
if (!decl
|| (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
- && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL))
+ && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL)
+ || (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
+ && !TREE_STATIC (decl)))
return false;
if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
static dw_loc_list_ref
convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
{
+ int ix;
dw_fde_ref fde;
dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
dw_cfi_ref cfi;
const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
dw_cfa_location remember;
- fde = current_fde ();
+ fde = cfun->fde;
gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
/* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
advance opcodes. */
- for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
+ FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref, cie_cfi_vec, ix, cfi)
lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
last_cfa = next_cfa;
last_label = start_label;
- for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
- switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
- {
- case DW_CFA_set_loc:
- case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
- case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
- case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
- if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
- {
- *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
- start_label, last_label, section);
+ if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index == 0)
+ {
+ /* If the first partition contained no CFI adjustments, the
+ CIE opcodes apply to the whole first partition. */
+ *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
+ fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
+ list_tail =&(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
+ start_label = last_label = fde->dw_fde_second_begin;
+ }
- list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
- last_cfa = next_cfa;
- start_label = last_label;
- }
- last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
- break;
+ FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref, fde->dw_fde_cfi, ix, cfi)
+ {
+ switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
+ {
+ case DW_CFA_set_loc:
+ case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
+ case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
+ case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
+ if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
+ {
+ *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
+ start_label, last_label, section);
- case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
- /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
- gcc_unreachable ();
+ list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
+ last_cfa = next_cfa;
+ start_label = last_label;
+ }
+ last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
+ break;
- default:
- lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
- break;
- }
+ case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
+ /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
+ gcc_unreachable ();
+
+ default:
+ lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
+ break;
+ }
+ if (ix + 1 == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index)
+ {
+ if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
+ {
+ *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
+ start_label, last_label, section);
+
+ list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
+ last_cfa = next_cfa;
+ start_label = last_label;
+ }
+ *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
+ start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
+ list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
+ start_label = last_label = fde->dw_fde_second_begin;
+ }
+ }
if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
{
}
*list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
- start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
+ start_label,
+ fde->dw_fde_second_begin
+ ? fde->dw_fde_second_end : fde->dw_fde_end,
+ section);
if (list && list->dw_loc_next)
gen_llsym (list);
elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
}
- gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
- && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
- || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
- || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
- ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
- : stack_pointer_rtx));
-
frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
+
+ /* ??? AVR doesn't set up valid eliminations when there is no stack frame
+ in which to eliminate. This is because it's stack pointer isn't
+ directly accessible as a register within the ISA. To work around
+ this, assume that while we cannot provide a proper value for
+ frame_pointer_fb_offset, we won't need one either. */
+ frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid
+ = ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
+ && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
+ || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
+ || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
+ ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
+ : stack_pointer_rtx));
}
/* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
}
}
+/* Retrieve the descriptive type of TYPE, if any, make sure it has a
+ DIE and attach a DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type attribute to the DIE
+ of TYPE accordingly.
+
+ ??? This is a temporary measure until after we're able to generate
+ regular DWARF for the complex Ada type system. */
+
+static void
+add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree type,
+ dw_die_ref context_die)
+{
+ tree dtype;
+ dw_die_ref dtype_die;
+
+ if (!lang_hooks.types.descriptive_type)
+ return;
+
+ dtype = lang_hooks.types.descriptive_type (type);
+ if (!dtype)
+ return;
+
+ dtype_die = lookup_type_die (dtype);
+ if (!dtype_die)
+ {
+ /* The descriptive type indirectly references TYPE if this is also the
+ case for TYPE itself. Do not deal with the circularity here. */
+ TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)) = 1;
+ gen_type_die (dtype, context_die);
+ TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)) = 0;
+ dtype_die = lookup_type_die (dtype);
+ gcc_assert (dtype_die);
+ }
+
+ add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type, dtype_die);
+}
+
/* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
static void
array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
+ add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (array_die, type, context_die);
+ if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type))
+ add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
+ add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die, type, context_die);
+ if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type))
+ add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
{
if (ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type))
equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin))
add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin,
- DW_AT_location);
+ node == NULL, DW_AT_location);
break;
tree context;
int was_abstract;
htab_t old_decl_loc_table;
+ htab_t old_cached_dw_loc_list_table;
int old_call_site_count, old_tail_call_site_count;
struct call_arg_loc_node *old_call_arg_locations;
get locations in abstract instantces. */
old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table;
decl_loc_table = NULL;
+ old_cached_dw_loc_list_table = cached_dw_loc_list_table;
+ cached_dw_loc_list_table = NULL;
old_call_arg_locations = call_arg_locations;
call_arg_locations = NULL;
old_call_site_count = call_site_count;
current_function_decl = save_fn;
decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table;
+ cached_dw_loc_list_table = old_cached_dw_loc_list_table;
call_arg_locations = old_call_arg_locations;
call_site_count = old_call_site_count;
tail_call_site_count = old_tail_call_site_count;
subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
+ /* This is where the actual code for a cloned function is.
+ Let's emit linkage name attribute for it. This helps
+ debuggers to e.g, set breakpoints into
+ constructors/destructors when the user asks "break
+ K::K". */
+ add_linkage_name (subr_die, decl);
}
else if (old_die)
{
if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
{
- dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[current_funcdef_fde];
+ dw_fde_ref fde = cfun->fde;
if (fde->dw_fde_begin)
{
/* We have already generated the labels. */
#endif
add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
- add_arange (decl, subr_die);
}
else
- { /* Generate pubnames entries for the split function code
- ranges. */
- dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[current_funcdef_fde];
+ {
+ /* Generate pubnames entries for the split function code ranges. */
+ dw_fde_ref fde = cfun->fde;
- if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
+ if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin)
{
if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
{
section, since the HOT/COLD labels might precede an
alignment offset. */
bool range_list_added = false;
- if (fde->in_std_section)
- {
- add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die,
- fde->dw_fde_begin,
- fde->dw_fde_end,
- &range_list_added);
- add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die,
- fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
- fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
- &range_list_added);
- }
- else
- {
- add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die,
- fde->dw_fde_begin,
- fde->dw_fde_end,
- &range_list_added);
- add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die,
- fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
- fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
- &range_list_added);
- }
+ add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die, fde->dw_fde_begin,
+ fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
+ add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die, fde->dw_fde_second_begin,
+ fde->dw_fde_second_end,
+ &range_list_added);
add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
if (range_list_added)
add_ranges (NULL);
fde->dw_fde_end);
/* Add it. */
add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
- add_arange (decl, subr_die);
/* Build a minimal DIE for the secondary section. */
seg_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram,
add_linkage_name (seg_die, decl);
}
- gcc_assert (name!=NULL);
+ gcc_assert (name != NULL);
add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (seg_die, decl);
if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
add_AT_flag (seg_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
- if (fde->in_std_section)
- {
- name = concat ("__cold_sect_of_", name, NULL);
- add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die, DW_AT_low_pc,
- fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label);
- add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die, DW_AT_high_pc,
- fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label);
- }
- else
- {
- name = concat ("__hot_sect_of_", name, NULL);
- add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die, DW_AT_low_pc,
- fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label);
- add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die, DW_AT_high_pc,
- fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label);
- }
+ name = concat ("__second_sect_of_", name, NULL);
+ add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die, DW_AT_low_pc,
+ fde->dw_fde_second_begin);
+ add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die, DW_AT_high_pc,
+ fde->dw_fde_second_end);
add_name_attribute (seg_die, name);
add_pubname_string (name, seg_die);
- add_arange (decl, seg_die);
}
}
else
add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, fde->dw_fde_begin);
add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, fde->dw_fde_end);
add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
- add_arange (decl, subr_die);
}
}
#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
/* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
- add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
+ add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, cfun->fde->fde_index);
#endif
cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
current_function_has_inlines = 0;
decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
- if (call_arg_locations)
+ if (call_arg_locations && !dwarf_strict)
{
struct call_arg_loc_node *ca_loc;
for (ca_loc = call_arg_locations; ca_loc; ca_loc = ca_loc->next)
{
dw_die_ref die = NULL;
- rtx tloc = NULL_RTX;
+ rtx tloc = NULL_RTX, tlocc = NULL_RTX;
rtx arg, next_arg;
for (arg = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (ca_loc->call_arg_loc_note);
{
dw_loc_descr_ref reg, val;
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 1));
- dw_die_ref cdie;
+ dw_die_ref cdie, tdie = NULL;
next_arg = XEXP (arg, 1);
if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0))
== REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg, 0), 0), 0)))
next_arg = XEXP (next_arg, 1);
if (mode == VOIDmode)
- mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0));
- if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
- || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
+ {
+ mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0));
+ if (mode == VOIDmode)
+ mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (arg, 0));
+ }
+ if (mode == VOIDmode || mode == BLKmode)
continue;
if (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0) == pc_rtx)
{
tloc = XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 1);
continue;
}
+ else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0)) == CLOBBER
+ && XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0), 0) == pc_rtx)
+ {
+ gcc_assert (ca_loc->symbol_ref == NULL_RTX);
+ tlocc = XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 1);
+ continue;
+ }
+ reg = NULL;
if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0)))
reg = reg_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0),
VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
else if (MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0)))
- reg = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0),
- 0), 0), mode,
- VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ {
+ rtx mem = XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0);
+ reg = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (mem, 0),
+ get_address_mode (mem),
+ GET_MODE (mem),
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ }
+ else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0))
+ == DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF)
+ {
+ tree tdecl
+ = DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0));
+ tdie = lookup_decl_die (tdecl);
+ if (tdie == NULL)
+ continue;
+ }
else
continue;
- if (reg == NULL)
+ if (reg == NULL
+ && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0))
+ != DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF)
continue;
- val = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 1), VOIDmode,
+ val = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 1), mode,
+ VOIDmode,
VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
if (val == NULL)
continue;
if (die == NULL)
die = gen_call_site_die (decl, subr_die, ca_loc);
cdie = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter, die,
- NULL_TREE);
- add_AT_loc (cdie, DW_AT_location, reg);
+ NULL_TREE);
+ if (reg != NULL)
+ add_AT_loc (cdie, DW_AT_location, reg);
+ else if (tdie != NULL)
+ add_AT_die_ref (cdie, DW_AT_abstract_origin, tdie);
add_AT_loc (cdie, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value, val);
if (next_arg != XEXP (arg, 1))
{
+ mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 1), 0), 1));
+ if (mode == VOIDmode)
+ mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 1), 0), 0));
val = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 1),
- 0), 1), VOIDmode,
+ 0), 1),
+ mode, VOIDmode,
VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
if (val != NULL)
add_AT_loc (cdie, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value, val);
if (die == NULL
&& (ca_loc->symbol_ref || tloc))
die = gen_call_site_die (decl, subr_die, ca_loc);
- if (die != NULL && tloc != NULL_RTX)
+ if (die != NULL && (tloc != NULL_RTX || tlocc != NULL_RTX))
{
- dw_loc_descr_ref tval
- = mem_loc_descriptor (tloc, VOIDmode,
- VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ dw_loc_descr_ref tval = NULL;
+
+ if (tloc != NULL_RTX)
+ tval = mem_loc_descriptor (tloc,
+ GET_MODE (tloc) == VOIDmode
+ ? Pmode : GET_MODE (tloc),
+ VOIDmode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
if (tval)
add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target, tval);
+ else if (tlocc != NULL_RTX)
+ {
+ tval = mem_loc_descriptor (tlocc,
+ GET_MODE (tlocc) == VOIDmode
+ ? Pmode : GET_MODE (tlocc),
+ VOIDmode,
+ VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
+ if (tval)
+ add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered,
+ tval);
+ }
}
if (die != NULL)
{
tail_call_site_note_count++;
}
}
- call_arg_locations = NULL;
- call_arg_loc_last = NULL;
}
+ call_arg_locations = NULL;
+ call_arg_loc_last = NULL;
if (tail_call_site_count >= 0
- && tail_call_site_count == tail_call_site_note_count)
+ && tail_call_site_count == tail_call_site_note_count
+ && !dwarf_strict)
{
if (call_site_count >= 0
&& call_site_count == call_site_note_count)
&& !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin)))
defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die);
else
- add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die,
- decl_or_origin,
- DW_AT_location);
+ add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl_or_origin,
+ decl == NULL, DW_AT_location);
add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die);
}
else
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
}
+ else if (insn
+ && NOTE_P (insn)
+ && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_DEBUG_LABEL
+ && CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn) != -1)
+ {
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LDL", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
+ add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
+ }
}
}
add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
}
+typedef const char *dchar_p; /* For DEF_VEC_P. */
+DEF_VEC_P(dchar_p);
+DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dchar_p,heap);
+
+static char *producer_string;
+
+/* Return a heap allocated producer string including command line options
+ if -grecord-gcc-switches. */
+
+static char *
+gen_producer_string (void)
+{
+ size_t j;
+ VEC(dchar_p, heap) *switches = NULL;
+ const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
+ char *producer, *tail;
+ const char *p;
+ size_t len = dwarf_record_gcc_switches ? 0 : 3;
+ size_t plen = strlen (language_string) + 1 + strlen (version_string);
+
+ for (j = 1; dwarf_record_gcc_switches && j < save_decoded_options_count; j++)
+ switch (save_decoded_options[j].opt_index)
+ {
+ case OPT_o:
+ case OPT_d:
+ case OPT_dumpbase:
+ case OPT_dumpdir:
+ case OPT_auxbase:
+ case OPT_auxbase_strip:
+ case OPT_quiet:
+ case OPT_version:
+ case OPT_v:
+ case OPT_w:
+ case OPT_L:
+ case OPT_D:
+ case OPT_I:
+ case OPT_U:
+ case OPT_SPECIAL_unknown:
+ case OPT_SPECIAL_ignore:
+ case OPT_SPECIAL_program_name:
+ case OPT_SPECIAL_input_file:
+ case OPT_grecord_gcc_switches:
+ case OPT_gno_record_gcc_switches:
+ case OPT__output_pch_:
+ case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_location_:
+ case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_option:
+ case OPT_fverbose_asm:
+ case OPT____:
+ case OPT__sysroot_:
+ case OPT_nostdinc:
+ case OPT_nostdinc__:
+ /* Ignore these. */
+ continue;
+ default:
+ gcc_checking_assert (save_decoded_options[j].canonical_option[0][0]
+ == '-');
+ switch (save_decoded_options[j].canonical_option[0][1])
+ {
+ case 'M':
+ case 'i':
+ case 'W':
+ continue;
+ case 'f':
+ if (strncmp (save_decoded_options[j].canonical_option[0] + 2,
+ "dump", 4) == 0)
+ continue;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ VEC_safe_push (dchar_p, heap, switches,
+ save_decoded_options[j].orig_option_with_args_text);
+ len += strlen (save_decoded_options[j].orig_option_with_args_text) + 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ producer = XNEWVEC (char, plen + 1 + len + 1);
+ tail = producer;
+ sprintf (tail, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
+ tail += plen;
+
+ if (!dwarf_record_gcc_switches)
+ {
+#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
+ /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the
+ producer string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3;
+ if they do not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches
+ the conclusion that the object file is stripped and has no debugging
+ information. To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is
+ debugging information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer
+ string. */
+ if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
+ {
+ memcpy (tail, " -g", 3);
+ tail += 3;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dchar_p, switches, j, p)
+ {
+ len = strlen (p);
+ *tail = ' ';
+ memcpy (tail + 1, p, len);
+ tail += len + 1;
+ }
+
+ *tail = '\0';
+ VEC_free (dchar_p, heap, switches);
+ return producer;
+}
+
/* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
{
dw_die_ref die;
- char producer[250];
const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
int language;
add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
}
- sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
-
-#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
- /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
- string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
- not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
- that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
- To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
- information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
- if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
- strcat (producer, " -g");
-#endif
-
- add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
+ if (producer_string == NULL)
+ producer_string = gen_producer_string ();
+ add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer_string);
/* If our producer is LTO try to figure out a common language to use
from the global list of translation units. */
if (old_die)
add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
else
- add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
+ {
+ add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
+ add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die, type, context_die);
+ if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type))
+ add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
+ }
}
else
remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
anonymous struct DIE. */
if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
gen_tagged_type_die (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
+
+ /* This is a GNU Extension. We are adding a
+ DW_AT_linkage_name attribute to the DIE of the
+ anonymous struct TYPE. The value of that attribute
+ is the name of the typedef decl naming the anonymous
+ struct. This greatly eases the work of consumers of
+ this debug info. */
+ add_linkage_attr (lookup_type_die (type), decl);
}
}
{
/* Find die that represents this context. */
if (TYPE_P (context))
- return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context));
+ {
+ context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context);
+ return strip_naming_typedef (context, force_type_die (context));
+ }
else
return force_decl_die (context);
}
tail_call_site_count = -1;
VEC_free (dw_die_ref, heap, block_map);
htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
+ htab_empty (cached_dw_loc_list_table);
}
/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
add_name_attribute (die, dname);
}
-/* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
- Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
- and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
-
-static void
-dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ)
-{
- dcall_entry e;
- tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (targ);
-
- /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
- if (origin)
- targ = origin;
-
- e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
- e.poc_decl = current_function_decl;
- e.targ_die = force_decl_die (targ);
- VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry, gc, dcall_table, &e);
-
- /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
- ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
-}
-
-/* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
-
-static hashval_t
-vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x)
-{
- return (hashval_t) ((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid;
-}
-
-/* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
- insnd_uid of *Y. */
-
-static int
-vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
-{
- return (((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid
- == ((const struct vcall_insn *) y)->insn_uid);
-}
-
-/* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
-
-static void
-store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot, int insn_uid)
-{
- struct vcall_insn *item = ggc_alloc_vcall_insn ();
- struct vcall_insn **slot;
-
- gcc_assert (item);
- item->insn_uid = insn_uid;
- item->vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
- slot = (struct vcall_insn **)
- htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table, &item,
- (hashval_t) insn_uid, INSERT);
- *slot = item;
-}
-
-/* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
-
-static unsigned int
-lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid)
-{
- struct vcall_insn item;
- struct vcall_insn *p;
-
- item.insn_uid = insn_uid;
- item.vtable_slot = 0;
- p = (struct vcall_insn *) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table,
- (void *) &item,
- (hashval_t) insn_uid);
- if (p == NULL)
- return (unsigned int) -1;
- return p->vtable_slot;
-}
-
-
-/* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
- and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
- is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
- table later. */
-
-static void
-dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr, int insn_uid)
-{
- if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr) == OBJ_TYPE_REF)
- {
- tree token = OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr);
- if (TREE_CODE (token) == INTEGER_CST)
- store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token), insn_uid);
- }
-}
-
-/* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
- OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
- with NEW_INSN. */
-
-static void
-dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn, rtx new_insn)
-{
- unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn));
-
- if (vtable_slot != (unsigned int) -1)
- store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot, INSN_UID (new_insn));
-}
-
-/* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
- Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
- and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
- function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
- lowering to RTL. */
-
-static void
-dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid)
-{
- unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid);
- vcall_entry e;
-
- if (vtable_slot == (unsigned int) -1)
- return;
-
- e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
- e.vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
- VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry, gc, vcall_table, &e);
-
- /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
- ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
-}
-
/* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
our lookup table. */
{
char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2];
struct var_loc_node *newloc;
- rtx next_real;
+ rtx next_real, next_note;
static const char *last_label;
static const char *last_postcall_label;
static bool last_in_cold_section_p;
+ static rtx expected_next_loc_note;
tree decl;
bool var_loc_p;
if (var_loc_p && !DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
return;
- next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
+ /* Optimize processing a large consecutive sequence of location
+ notes so we don't spend too much time in next_real_insn. If the
+ next insn is another location note, remember the next_real_insn
+ calculation for next time. */
+ next_real = cached_next_real_insn;
+ if (next_real)
+ {
+ if (expected_next_loc_note != loc_note)
+ next_real = NULL_RTX;
+ }
+
+ next_note = NEXT_INSN (loc_note);
+ if (! next_note
+ || INSN_DELETED_P (next_note)
+ || GET_CODE (next_note) != NOTE
+ || (NOTE_KIND (next_note) != NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
+ && NOTE_KIND (next_note) != NOTE_INSN_CALL_ARG_LOCATION))
+ next_note = NULL_RTX;
+
+ if (! next_real)
+ next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
+
+ if (next_note)
+ {
+ expected_next_loc_note = next_note;
+ cached_next_real_insn = next_real;
+ }
+ else
+ cached_next_real_insn = NULL_RTX;
/* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
don't do anything. */
last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p;
}
+/* Note in one location list that text section has changed. */
+
+static int
+var_location_switch_text_section_1 (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+ var_loc_list *list = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
+ if (list->first)
+ list->last_before_switch
+ = list->last->next ? list->last->next : list->last;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* Note in all location lists that text section has changed. */
+
+static void
+var_location_switch_text_section (void)
+{
+ if (decl_loc_table == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ htab_traverse (decl_loc_table, var_location_switch_text_section_1, NULL);
+}
+
+/* Create a new line number table. */
+
+static dw_line_info_table *
+new_line_info_table (void)
+{
+ dw_line_info_table *table;
+
+ table = ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_line_info_table_struct ();
+ table->file_num = 1;
+ table->line_num = 1;
+ table->is_stmt = DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START;
+
+ return table;
+}
+
+/* Lookup the "current" table into which we emit line info, so
+ that we don't have to do it for every source line. */
+
+static void
+set_cur_line_info_table (section *sec)
+{
+ dw_line_info_table *table;
+
+ if (sec == text_section)
+ table = text_section_line_info;
+ else if (sec == cold_text_section)
+ {
+ table = cold_text_section_line_info;
+ if (!table)
+ {
+ cold_text_section_line_info = table = new_line_info_table ();
+ table->end_label = cold_end_label;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ const char *end_label;
+
+ if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
+ {
+ if (in_cold_section_p)
+ end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
+ else
+ end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
+ current_function_funcdef_no);
+ end_label = ggc_strdup (label);
+ }
+
+ table = new_line_info_table ();
+ table->end_label = end_label;
+
+ VEC_safe_push (dw_line_info_table_p, gc, separate_line_info, table);
+ }
+
+ if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
+ table->is_stmt = (cur_line_info_table
+ ? cur_line_info_table->is_stmt
+ : DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START);
+ cur_line_info_table = table;
+}
+
+
/* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
static void
dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
{
- if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
+ section *sec = function_section (fun);
+
+ if (sec != text_section)
have_multiple_function_sections = true;
- else if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && !cold_text_section)
+
+ if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && !cold_text_section)
{
gcc_assert (current_function_decl == fun);
cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
- switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
+ switch_to_section (sec);
}
dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
call_site_count = 0;
tail_call_site_count = 0;
+
+ set_cur_line_info_table (sec);
+}
+
+/* Add OPCODE+VAL as an entry at the end of the opcode array in TABLE. */
+
+static void
+push_dw_line_info_entry (dw_line_info_table *table,
+ enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode, unsigned int val)
+{
+ dw_line_info_entry e;
+ e.opcode = opcode;
+ e.val = val;
+ VEC_safe_push (dw_line_info_entry, gc, table->entries, &e);
}
/* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
and record information relating to this source line, in
'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
+/* ??? The discriminator parameter ought to be unsigned. */
static void
dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename,
int discriminator, bool is_stmt)
{
- static bool last_is_stmt = true;
+ unsigned int file_num;
+ dw_line_info_table *table;
- if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
- && line != 0)
- {
- int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
+ if (debug_info_level < DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL || line == 0)
+ return;
- switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
+ /* The discriminator column was added in dwarf4. Simplify the below
+ by simply removing it if we're not supposed to output it. */
+ if (dwarf_version < 4 && dwarf_strict)
+ discriminator = 0;
+
+ table = cur_line_info_table;
+ file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
+
+ /* ??? TODO: Elide duplicate line number entries. Traditionally,
+ the debugger has used the second (possibly duplicate) line number
+ at the beginning of the function to mark the end of the prologue.
+ We could eliminate any other duplicates within the function. For
+ Dwarf3, we ought to include the DW_LNS_set_prologue_end mark in
+ that second line number entry. */
+ /* Recall that this end-of-prologue indication is *not* the same thing
+ as the end_prologue debug hook. The NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END note,
+ to which the hook corresponds, follows the last insn that was
+ emitted by gen_prologue. What we need is to preceed the first insn
+ that had been emitted after NOTE_INSN_FUNCTION_BEG, i.e. the first
+ insn that corresponds to something the user wrote. These may be
+ very different locations once scheduling is enabled. */
+
+ if (0 && file_num == table->file_num
+ && line == table->line_num
+ && discriminator == table->discrim_num
+ && is_stmt == table->is_stmt)
+ return;
- /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
- if (flag_debug_asm)
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
- filename, line);
+ switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
- if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
- {
- /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num, line);
- if (is_stmt != last_is_stmt)
- {
- fprintf (asm_out_file, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt ? 1 : 0);
- last_is_stmt = is_stmt;
- }
- if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
- fprintf (asm_out_file, " discriminator %d", discriminator);
- fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
+ /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
+ if (flag_debug_asm)
+ fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START, filename, line);
- /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
- line_info_table_in_use++;
- }
- else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
- {
- dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
- targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
- SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
- separate_line_info_table_in_use);
-
- /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
- if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
- == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
- {
- separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
- separate_line_info_table
- = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry,
- separate_line_info_table,
- separate_line_info_table_allocated);
- memset (separate_line_info_table
- + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
- 0,
- (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
- * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
- }
+ if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
+ {
+ /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
+ /* "\t.loc %u %u 0 is_stmt %u discriminator %u",
+ file_num, line, is_stmt, discriminator */
+ fputs ("\t.loc ", asm_out_file);
+ fprint_ul (asm_out_file, file_num);
+ putc (' ', asm_out_file);
+ fprint_ul (asm_out_file, line);
+ putc (' ', asm_out_file);
+ putc ('0', asm_out_file);
- /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
- line_info
- = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
- line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
- line_info->dw_line_num = line;
- line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
+ if (is_stmt != table->is_stmt)
+ {
+ fputs (" is_stmt ", asm_out_file);
+ putc (is_stmt ? '1' : '0', asm_out_file);
}
- else
+ if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
{
- dw_line_info_ref line_info;
-
- targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
- line_info_table_in_use);
+ gcc_assert (discriminator > 0);
+ fputs (" discriminator ", asm_out_file);
+ fprint_ul (asm_out_file, (unsigned long) discriminator);
+ }
+ putc ('\n', asm_out_file);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ unsigned int label_num = ++line_info_label_num;
- /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
- if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
- {
- line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
- line_info_table
- = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry, line_info_table,
- line_info_table_allocated);
- memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
- LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
- }
+ targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL, label_num);
- /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
- line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
- line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
- line_info->dw_line_num = line;
- }
+ push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_set_address, label_num);
+ if (file_num != table->file_num)
+ push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_set_file, file_num);
+ if (discriminator != table->discrim_num)
+ push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_set_discriminator, discriminator);
+ if (is_stmt != table->is_stmt)
+ push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_negate_stmt, 0);
+ push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_set_line, line);
}
+
+ table->file_num = file_num;
+ table->line_num = line;
+ table->discrim_num = discriminator;
+ table->is_stmt = is_stmt;
+ table->in_use = true;
}
/* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
static void
dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
{
- if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
+ if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && ! use_debug_types)
{
/* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
dw_die_ref bincl_die;
static void
dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
- if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
+ if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && ! use_debug_types)
/* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die (), NULL);
if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
{
macinfo_entry e;
+ /* Insert a dummy first entry to be able to optimize the whole
+ predefined macro block using DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include. */
+ if (VEC_empty (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table) && lineno == 0)
+ {
+ e.code = 0;
+ e.lineno = 0;
+ e.info = NULL;
+ VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e);
+ }
e.code = DW_MACINFO_define;
e.lineno = lineno;
e.info = xstrdup (buffer);;
VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e);
}
-}
+}
+
+/* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
+ the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
+ initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
+
+static void
+dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+ if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
+ {
+ macinfo_entry e;
+ /* Insert a dummy first entry to be able to optimize the whole
+ predefined macro block using DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include. */
+ if (VEC_empty (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table) && lineno == 0)
+ {
+ e.code = 0;
+ e.lineno = 0;
+ e.info = NULL;
+ VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e);
+ }
+ e.code = DW_MACINFO_undef;
+ e.lineno = lineno;
+ e.info = xstrdup (buffer);
+ VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
+
+static hashval_t
+htab_macinfo_hash (const void *of)
+{
+ const macinfo_entry *const entry =
+ (const macinfo_entry *) of;
+
+ return htab_hash_string (entry->info);
+}
+
+static int
+htab_macinfo_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
+{
+ const macinfo_entry *const entry1 = (const macinfo_entry *) of1;
+ const macinfo_entry *const entry2 = (const macinfo_entry *) of2;
+
+ return !strcmp (entry1->info, entry2->info);
+}
+
+/* Output a single .debug_macinfo entry. */
+
+static void
+output_macinfo_op (macinfo_entry *ref)
+{
+ int file_num;
+ size_t len;
+ struct indirect_string_node *node;
+ char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
+ struct dwarf_file_data *fd;
+
+ switch (ref->code)
+ {
+ case DW_MACINFO_start_file:
+ fd = lookup_filename (ref->info);
+ if (fd->filename == ref->info)
+ fd->filename = ggc_strdup (fd->filename);
+ file_num = maybe_emit_file (fd);
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref->lineno,
+ "Included from line number %lu",
+ (unsigned long) ref->lineno);
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", ref->info);
+ break;
+ case DW_MACINFO_end_file:
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
+ break;
+ case DW_MACINFO_define:
+ case DW_MACINFO_undef:
+ len = strlen (ref->info) + 1;
+ if (!dwarf_strict
+ && len > DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ && !DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
+ && (debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) != 0)
+ {
+ ref->code = ref->code == DW_MACINFO_define
+ ? DW_MACRO_GNU_define_indirect
+ : DW_MACRO_GNU_undef_indirect;
+ output_macinfo_op (ref);
+ return;
+ }
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref->code,
+ ref->code == DW_MACINFO_define
+ ? "Define macro" : "Undefine macro");
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref->lineno, "At line number %lu",
+ (unsigned long) ref->lineno);
+ dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref->info, -1, "The macro");
+ break;
+ case DW_MACRO_GNU_define_indirect:
+ case DW_MACRO_GNU_undef_indirect:
+ node = find_AT_string (ref->info);
+ if (node->form != DW_FORM_strp)
+ {
+ char label[32];
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
+ ++dw2_string_counter;
+ node->label = xstrdup (label);
+ node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
+ }
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref->code,
+ ref->code == DW_MACRO_GNU_define_indirect
+ ? "Define macro indirect"
+ : "Undefine macro indirect");
+ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref->lineno, "At line number %lu",
+ (unsigned long) ref->lineno);
+ dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->label,
+ debug_str_section, "The macro: \"%s\"",
+ ref->info);
+ break;
+ case DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include:
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref->code, "Transparent include");
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label,
+ DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL, ref->lineno);
+ dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, label, NULL, NULL);
+ break;
+ default:
+ fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s unrecognized macinfo code %lu\n",
+ ASM_COMMENT_START, (unsigned long) ref->code);
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Attempt to make a sequence of define/undef macinfo ops shareable with
+ other compilation unit .debug_macinfo sections. IDX is the first
+ index of a define/undef, return the number of ops that should be
+ emitted in a comdat .debug_macinfo section and emit
+ a DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include entry referencing it.
+ If the define/undef entry should be emitted normally, return 0. */
+
+static unsigned
+optimize_macinfo_range (unsigned int idx, VEC (macinfo_entry, gc) *files,
+ htab_t *macinfo_htab)
+{
+ macinfo_entry *first, *second, *cur, *inc;
+ char linebuf[sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT) * 3 + 1];
+ unsigned char checksum[16];
+ struct md5_ctx ctx;
+ char *grp_name, *tail;
+ const char *base;
+ unsigned int i, count, encoded_filename_len, linebuf_len;
+ void **slot;
+
+ first = VEC_index (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, idx);
+ second = VEC_index (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, idx + 1);
+
+ /* Optimize only if there are at least two consecutive define/undef ops,
+ and either all of them are before first DW_MACINFO_start_file
+ with lineno 0 (i.e. predefined macro block), or all of them are
+ in some included header file. */
+ if (second->code != DW_MACINFO_define && second->code != DW_MACINFO_undef)
+ return 0;
+ if (VEC_empty (macinfo_entry, files))
+ {
+ if (first->lineno != 0 || second->lineno != 0)
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else if (first->lineno == 0)
+ return 0;
-/* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
- the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
- initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
+ /* Find the last define/undef entry that can be grouped together
+ with first and at the same time compute md5 checksum of their
+ codes, linenumbers and strings. */
+ md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
+ for (i = idx; VEC_iterate (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, i, cur); i++)
+ if (cur->code != DW_MACINFO_define && cur->code != DW_MACINFO_undef)
+ break;
+ else if (first->lineno == 0 && cur->lineno != 0)
+ break;
+ else
+ {
+ unsigned char code = cur->code;
+ md5_process_bytes (&code, 1, &ctx);
+ checksum_uleb128 (cur->lineno, &ctx);
+ md5_process_bytes (cur->info, strlen (cur->info) + 1, &ctx);
+ }
+ md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
+ count = i - idx;
-static void
-dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
+ /* From the containing include filename (if any) pick up just
+ usable characters from its basename. */
+ if (first->lineno == 0)
+ base = "";
+ else
+ base = lbasename (VEC_last (macinfo_entry, files)->info);
+ for (encoded_filename_len = 0, i = 0; base[i]; i++)
+ if (ISIDNUM (base[i]) || base[i] == '.')
+ encoded_filename_len++;
+ /* Count . at the end. */
+ if (encoded_filename_len)
+ encoded_filename_len++;
+
+ sprintf (linebuf, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, first->lineno);
+ linebuf_len = strlen (linebuf);
+
+ /* The group name format is: wmN.[<encoded filename>.]<lineno>.<md5sum> */
+ grp_name = XNEWVEC (char, 4 + encoded_filename_len + linebuf_len + 1
+ + 16 * 2 + 1);
+ memcpy (grp_name, DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? "wm4." : "wm8.", 4);
+ tail = grp_name + 4;
+ if (encoded_filename_len)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; base[i]; i++)
+ if (ISIDNUM (base[i]) || base[i] == '.')
+ *tail++ = base[i];
+ *tail++ = '.';
+ }
+ memcpy (tail, linebuf, linebuf_len);
+ tail += linebuf_len;
+ *tail++ = '.';
+ for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
+ sprintf (tail + i * 2, "%02x", checksum[i] & 0xff);
+
+ /* Construct a macinfo_entry for DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include
+ in the empty vector entry before the first define/undef. */
+ inc = VEC_index (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, idx - 1);
+ inc->code = DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include;
+ inc->lineno = 0;
+ inc->info = grp_name;
+ if (*macinfo_htab == NULL)
+ *macinfo_htab = htab_create (10, htab_macinfo_hash, htab_macinfo_eq, NULL);
+ /* Avoid emitting duplicates. */
+ slot = htab_find_slot (*macinfo_htab, inc, INSERT);
+ if (*slot != NULL)
+ {
+ free (CONST_CAST (char *, inc->info));
+ inc->code = 0;
+ inc->info = NULL;
+ /* If such an entry has been used before, just emit
+ a DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include op. */
+ inc = (macinfo_entry *) *slot;
+ output_macinfo_op (inc);
+ /* And clear all macinfo_entry in the range to avoid emitting them
+ in the second pass. */
+ for (i = idx;
+ VEC_iterate (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, i, cur)
+ && i < idx + count;
+ i++)
+ {
+ cur->code = 0;
+ free (CONST_CAST (char *, cur->info));
+ cur->info = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ else
{
- macinfo_entry e;
- e.code = DW_MACINFO_undef;
- e.lineno = lineno;
- e.info = xstrdup (buffer);;
- VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e);
+ *slot = inc;
+ inc->lineno = htab_elements (*macinfo_htab);
+ output_macinfo_op (inc);
}
+ return count;
}
+/* Output macinfo section(s). */
+
static void
output_macinfo (void)
{
unsigned i;
unsigned long length = VEC_length (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table);
macinfo_entry *ref;
+ VEC (macinfo_entry, gc) *files = NULL;
+ htab_t macinfo_htab = NULL;
if (! length)
return;
+ /* output_macinfo* uses these interchangeably. */
+ gcc_assert ((int) DW_MACINFO_define == (int) DW_MACRO_GNU_define
+ && (int) DW_MACINFO_undef == (int) DW_MACRO_GNU_undef
+ && (int) DW_MACINFO_start_file == (int) DW_MACRO_GNU_start_file
+ && (int) DW_MACINFO_end_file == (int) DW_MACRO_GNU_end_file);
+
+ /* For .debug_macro emit the section header. */
+ if (!dwarf_strict)
+ {
+ dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "DWARF macro version number");
+ if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, 3, "Flags: 64-bit, lineptr present");
+ else
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2, "Flags: 32-bit, lineptr present");
+ dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_line_section_label,
+ debug_line_section, NULL);
+ }
+
+ /* In the first loop, it emits the primary .debug_macinfo section
+ and after each emitted op the macinfo_entry is cleared.
+ If a longer range of define/undef ops can be optimized using
+ DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include, the
+ DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include op is emitted and kept in
+ the vector before the first define/undef in the range and the
+ whole range of define/undef ops is not emitted and kept. */
for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, i, ref); i++)
{
switch (ref->code)
{
- case DW_MACINFO_start_file:
+ case DW_MACINFO_start_file:
+ VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, files, ref);
+ break;
+ case DW_MACINFO_end_file:
+ if (!VEC_empty (macinfo_entry, files))
{
- int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (ref->info));
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
- (ref->lineno, "Included from line number %lu",
- (unsigned long)ref->lineno);
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", ref->info);
+ macinfo_entry *file = VEC_last (macinfo_entry, files);
+ free (CONST_CAST (char *, file->info));
+ VEC_pop (macinfo_entry, files);
}
- break;
- case DW_MACINFO_end_file:
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
- break;
- case DW_MACINFO_define:
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref->lineno, "At line number %lu",
- (unsigned long)ref->lineno);
- dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref->info, -1, "The macro");
- break;
- case DW_MACINFO_undef:
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
- dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref->lineno, "At line number %lu",
- (unsigned long)ref->lineno);
- dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref->info, -1, "The macro");
- break;
- default:
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s unrecognized macinfo code %lu\n",
- ASM_COMMENT_START, (unsigned long)ref->code);
+ break;
+ case DW_MACINFO_define:
+ case DW_MACINFO_undef:
+ if (!dwarf_strict
+ && HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP
+ && VEC_length (macinfo_entry, files) != 1
+ && i > 0
+ && i + 1 < length
+ && VEC_index (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, i - 1)->code == 0)
+ {
+ unsigned count = optimize_macinfo_range (i, files, &macinfo_htab);
+ if (count)
+ {
+ i += count - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case 0:
+ /* A dummy entry may be inserted at the beginning to be able
+ to optimize the whole block of predefined macros. */
+ if (i == 0)
+ continue;
+ default:
break;
}
+ output_macinfo_op (ref);
+ /* For DW_MACINFO_start_file ref->info has been copied into files
+ vector. */
+ if (ref->code != DW_MACINFO_start_file)
+ free (CONST_CAST (char *, ref->info));
+ ref->info = NULL;
+ ref->code = 0;
}
+
+ if (macinfo_htab == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ htab_delete (macinfo_htab);
+
+ /* If any DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include were used, on those
+ DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include entries terminate the
+ current chain and switch to a new comdat .debug_macinfo
+ section and emit the define/undef entries within it. */
+ for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, i, ref); i++)
+ switch (ref->code)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ continue;
+ case DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include:
+ {
+ char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
+ tree comdat_key = get_identifier (ref->info);
+ /* Terminate the previous .debug_macinfo section. */
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
+ targetm.asm_out.named_section (DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION,
+ SECTION_DEBUG
+ | SECTION_LINKONCE,
+ comdat_key);
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label,
+ DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL,
+ ref->lineno);
+ ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
+ ref->code = 0;
+ free (CONST_CAST (char *, ref->info));
+ ref->info = NULL;
+ dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "DWARF macro version number");
+ if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Flags: 64-bit");
+ else
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Flags: 32-bit");
+ }
+ break;
+ case DW_MACINFO_define:
+ case DW_MACINFO_undef:
+ output_macinfo_op (ref);
+ ref->code = 0;
+ free (CONST_CAST (char *, ref->info));
+ ref->info = NULL;
+ break;
+ default:
+ gcc_unreachable ();
+ }
}
/* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
+ /* Allocate the cached_dw_loc_list_table. */
+ cached_dw_loc_list_table
+ = htab_create_ggc (10, cached_dw_loc_list_table_hash,
+ cached_dw_loc_list_table_eq, NULL);
+
/* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
/* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
- /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
- line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_line_info_entry
- (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT);
- line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
-
- /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
- line_info_table_in_use = 1;
-
/* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
- /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
- vcall_insn_table = htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash,
- vcall_insn_table_eq, NULL);
-
incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
- debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
+ debug_macinfo_section = get_section (dwarf_strict
+ ? DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
+ : DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION,
SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
- debug_dcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION,
- SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
- debug_vcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION,
- SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
- DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
+ dwarf_strict
+ ? DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
+ : DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
macinfo_table = VEC_alloc (macinfo_entry, gc, 64);
switch_to_section (text_section);
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
+
+ /* Make sure the line number table for .text always exists. */
+ text_section_line_info = new_line_info_table ();
+ text_section_line_info->end_label = text_end_label;
}
/* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
&& dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()
&& (!(flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions)
- || targetm.except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_DWARF2))
+ || targetm_common.except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_DWARF2))
fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
}
{
struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
- if (node->label && node->refcount)
+ if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
{
switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
/* A reference to another DIE.
Make sure that it will get emitted.
If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
- if (dwarf_version < 4
+ if (! use_debug_types
|| a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
|| a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL)
prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
for all type definitions. */
if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type
- || (dwarf_version >= 4
+ || (use_debug_types
&& is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die)))
FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
else
} while (c != die->die_child);
}
-/* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
- htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
- decided to emit. */
-
-static int
-prune_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
-
- if (!node->label || !node->refcount)
- htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash, h);
-
- return 1;
-}
-
/* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
static void
limbo_die_node *node;
comdat_type_node *ctnode;
pubname_ref pub;
- dcall_entry *dcall;
+ dw_die_ref base_type;
#if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
/* All the marks should already be clear. */
}
/* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
- pubname_table or arange_table. */
+ pubname_table. */
FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub)
prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
- for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
- prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
+ for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_die_ref, base_types, i, base_type); i++)
+ prune_unused_types_mark (base_type, 1);
- /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
- FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, dcall)
- prune_unused_types_mark (dcall->targ_die, 1);
-
- /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
- if (debug_str_hash && debug_str_hash_forced)
- htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, prune_indirect_string, NULL);
- else if (debug_str_hash)
+ if (debug_str_hash)
htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die ());
for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
}
}
+/* Helper function for resolve_addr, mark DW_TAG_base_type nodes
+ referenced from typed stack ops and count how often they are used. */
+
+static void
+mark_base_types (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
+{
+ dw_die_ref base_type = NULL;
+
+ for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
+ {
+ switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
+ {
+ case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
+ case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
+ base_type = loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die;
+ break;
+ case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
+ case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
+ if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
+ continue;
+ /* FALLTHRU */
+ case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
+ base_type = loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die;
+ break;
+ case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
+ mark_base_types (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc);
+ continue;
+ default:
+ continue;
+ }
+ gcc_assert (base_type->die_parent == comp_unit_die ());
+ if (base_type->die_mark)
+ base_type->die_mark++;
+ else
+ {
+ VEC_safe_push (dw_die_ref, heap, base_types, base_type);
+ base_type->die_mark = 1;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Comparison function for sorting marked base types. */
+
+static int
+base_type_cmp (const void *x, const void *y)
+{
+ dw_die_ref dx = *(const dw_die_ref *) x;
+ dw_die_ref dy = *(const dw_die_ref *) y;
+ unsigned int byte_size1, byte_size2;
+ unsigned int encoding1, encoding2;
+ if (dx->die_mark > dy->die_mark)
+ return -1;
+ if (dx->die_mark < dy->die_mark)
+ return 1;
+ byte_size1 = get_AT_unsigned (dx, DW_AT_byte_size);
+ byte_size2 = get_AT_unsigned (dy, DW_AT_byte_size);
+ if (byte_size1 < byte_size2)
+ return 1;
+ if (byte_size1 > byte_size2)
+ return -1;
+ encoding1 = get_AT_unsigned (dx, DW_AT_encoding);
+ encoding2 = get_AT_unsigned (dy, DW_AT_encoding);
+ if (encoding1 < encoding2)
+ return 1;
+ if (encoding1 > encoding2)
+ return -1;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Move base types marked by mark_base_types as early as possible
+ in the CU, sorted by decreasing usage count both to make the
+ uleb128 references as small as possible and to make sure they
+ will have die_offset already computed by calc_die_sizes when
+ sizes of typed stack loc ops is computed. */
+
+static void
+move_marked_base_types (void)
+{
+ unsigned int i;
+ dw_die_ref base_type, die, c;
+
+ if (VEC_empty (dw_die_ref, base_types))
+ return;
+
+ /* Sort by decreasing usage count, they will be added again in that
+ order later on. */
+ VEC_qsort (dw_die_ref, base_types, base_type_cmp);
+ die = comp_unit_die ();
+ c = die->die_child;
+ do
+ {
+ dw_die_ref prev = c;
+ c = c->die_sib;
+ while (c->die_mark)
+ {
+ remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
+ /* As base types got marked, there must be at least
+ one node other than DW_TAG_base_type. */
+ gcc_assert (c != c->die_sib);
+ c = c->die_sib;
+ }
+ }
+ while (c != die->die_child);
+ gcc_assert (die->die_child);
+ c = die->die_child;
+ for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_die_ref, base_types, i, base_type); i++)
+ {
+ base_type->die_mark = 0;
+ base_type->die_sib = c->die_sib;
+ c->die_sib = base_type;
+ c = base_type;
+ }
+}
+
/* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
{
size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
- tree tlen = build_int_cst (NULL_TREE, len - 1);
+ tree tlen = size_int (len - 1);
TREE_TYPE (t)
= build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
rtl = lookup_constant_def (t);
static bool
resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
{
+ dw_loc_descr_ref keep = NULL;
for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
- if (((loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr || loc->dtprel)
- && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
- || (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_implicit_value
- && loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
- && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL)))
- return false;
- else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
- && loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class == dw_val_class_decl_ref)
+ switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
{
- dw_die_ref ref
- = lookup_decl_die (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_decl_ref);
- if (ref == NULL)
+ case DW_OP_addr:
+ if (resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
+ return false;
+ break;
+ case DW_OP_const4u:
+ case DW_OP_const8u:
+ if (loc->dtprel
+ && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
+ return false;
+ break;
+ case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
+ if (size_of_loc_descr (loc)
+ > size_of_int_loc_descriptor (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
+ + 1
+ && loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned > 0)
+ {
+ dw_loc_descr_ref repl
+ = int_loc_descriptor (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
+ add_loc_descr (&repl, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
+ add_loc_descr (&repl, loc->dw_loc_next);
+ *loc = *repl;
+ }
+ break;
+ case DW_OP_implicit_value:
+ if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
+ && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL))
return false;
- loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
- loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = ref;
- loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
+ break;
+ case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
+ case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
+ if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class == dw_val_class_decl_ref)
+ {
+ dw_die_ref ref
+ = lookup_decl_die (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_decl_ref);
+ if (ref == NULL)
+ return false;
+ loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
+ loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = ref;
+ loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
+ }
+ break;
+ case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
+ case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
+ case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
+ case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
+ case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
+ while (loc->dw_loc_next
+ && loc->dw_loc_next->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_convert)
+ {
+ dw_die_ref base1, base2;
+ unsigned enc1, enc2, size1, size2;
+ if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
+ || loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_deref_type)
+ base1 = loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die;
+ else if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class
+ == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
+ break;
+ else
+ base1 = loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die;
+ if (loc->dw_loc_next->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class
+ == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
+ break;
+ base2 = loc->dw_loc_next->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die;
+ gcc_assert (base1->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type
+ && base2->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type);
+ enc1 = get_AT_unsigned (base1, DW_AT_encoding);
+ enc2 = get_AT_unsigned (base2, DW_AT_encoding);
+ size1 = get_AT_unsigned (base1, DW_AT_byte_size);
+ size2 = get_AT_unsigned (base2, DW_AT_byte_size);
+ if (size1 == size2
+ && (((enc1 == DW_ATE_unsigned || enc1 == DW_ATE_signed)
+ && (enc2 == DW_ATE_unsigned || enc2 == DW_ATE_signed)
+ && loc != keep)
+ || enc1 == enc2))
+ {
+ /* Optimize away next DW_OP_GNU_convert after
+ adjusting LOC's base type die reference. */
+ if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
+ || loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_deref_type)
+ loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die = base2;
+ else
+ loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = base2;
+ loc->dw_loc_next = loc->dw_loc_next->dw_loc_next;
+ continue;
+ }
+ /* Don't change integer DW_OP_GNU_convert after e.g. floating
+ point typed stack entry. */
+ else if (enc1 != DW_ATE_unsigned && enc1 != DW_ATE_signed)
+ keep = loc->dw_loc_next;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
}
return true;
}
{
dw_die_ref c;
dw_attr_ref a;
- dw_loc_list_ref *curr;
+ dw_loc_list_ref *curr, *start, loc;
unsigned ix;
FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
switch (AT_class (a))
{
case dw_val_class_loc_list:
- curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a);
- while (*curr)
+ start = curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a);
+ loc = *curr;
+ gcc_assert (loc);
+ /* The same list can be referenced more than once. See if we have
+ already recorded the result from a previous pass. */
+ if (loc->replaced)
+ *curr = loc->dw_loc_next;
+ else if (!loc->resolved_addr)
{
- if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr))
+ /* As things stand, we do not expect or allow one die to
+ reference a suffix of another die's location list chain.
+ References must be identical or completely separate.
+ There is therefore no need to cache the result of this
+ pass on any list other than the first; doing so
+ would lead to unnecessary writes. */
+ while (*curr)
{
- dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next;
- if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol)
+ gcc_assert (!(*curr)->replaced && !(*curr)->resolved_addr);
+ if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr))
+ {
+ dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next;
+ if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol)
+ {
+ gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol);
+ next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol;
+ }
+ *curr = next;
+ }
+ else
{
- gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol);
- next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol;
+ mark_base_types ((*curr)->expr);
+ curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next;
}
- *curr = next;
}
+ if (loc == *start)
+ loc->resolved_addr = 1;
else
- curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next;
+ {
+ loc->replaced = 1;
+ loc->dw_loc_next = *start;
+ }
}
- if (!AT_loc_list (a))
+ if (!*start)
{
remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
ix--;
}
break;
case dw_val_class_loc:
- if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a)))
- {
- remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
- ix--;
- }
+ {
+ dw_loc_descr_ref l = AT_loc (a);
+ /* For -gdwarf-2 don't attempt to optimize
+ DW_AT_data_member_location containing
+ DW_OP_plus_uconst - older consumers might
+ rely on it being that op instead of a more complex,
+ but shorter, location description. */
+ if ((dwarf_version > 2
+ || a->dw_attr != DW_AT_data_member_location
+ || l == NULL
+ || l->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_plus_uconst
+ || l->dw_loc_next != NULL)
+ && !resolve_addr_in_expr (l))
+ {
+ remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
+ ix--;
+ }
+ else
+ mark_base_types (l);
+ }
break;
case dw_val_class_addr:
if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value
{
tree tdecl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr);
dw_die_ref tdie = lookup_decl_die (tdecl);
- if (tdie == NULL && DECL_EXTERNAL (tdecl))
+ if (tdie == NULL
+ && DECL_EXTERNAL (tdecl)
+ && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (tdecl) == NULL_TREE)
{
force_decl_die (tdecl);
tdie = lookup_decl_die (tdecl);
case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_int, hash);
break;
+ case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
+ hash = hash_loc_operands (val1->v.val_loc, hash);
+ break;
+ case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
+ case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
+ {
+ unsigned int byte_size
+ = get_AT_unsigned (val2->v.val_die_ref.die, DW_AT_byte_size);
+ unsigned int encoding
+ = get_AT_unsigned (val2->v.val_die_ref.die, DW_AT_encoding);
+ hash = iterative_hash_object (val1->v.val_int, hash);
+ hash = iterative_hash_object (byte_size, hash);
+ hash = iterative_hash_object (encoding, hash);
+ }
+ break;
+ case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
+ case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
+ if (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
+ {
+ hash = iterative_hash_object (val1->v.val_unsigned, hash);
+ break;
+ }
+ /* FALLTHRU */
+ case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
+ {
+ unsigned int byte_size
+ = get_AT_unsigned (val1->v.val_die_ref.die, DW_AT_byte_size);
+ unsigned int encoding
+ = get_AT_unsigned (val1->v.val_die_ref.die, DW_AT_encoding);
+ hash = iterative_hash_object (byte_size, hash);
+ hash = iterative_hash_object (encoding, hash);
+ if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_GNU_const_type)
+ break;
+ hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->val_class, hash);
+ switch (val2->val_class)
+ {
+ case dw_val_class_const:
+ hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_int, hash);
+ break;
+ case dw_val_class_vec:
+ {
+ unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
+ unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
+
+ hash = iterative_hash_object (elt_size, hash);
+ hash = iterative_hash_object (len, hash);
+ hash = iterative_hash (val2->v.val_vec.array,
+ len * elt_size, hash);
+ }
+ break;
+ case dw_val_class_const_double:
+ hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_double.low, hash);
+ hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_double.high, hash);
+ break;
+ default:
+ gcc_unreachable ();
+ }
+ }
+ break;
default:
/* Other codes have no operands. */
&& valx1->val_class == valy1->val_class
&& valx1->v.val_die_ref.die == valy1->v.val_die_ref.die
&& valx2->v.val_int == valy2->v.val_int;
+ case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
+ return compare_loc_operands (valx1->v.val_loc, valy1->v.val_loc);
+ case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
+ if (valx1->v.val_die_ref.die != valy1->v.val_die_ref.die
+ || valx2->val_class != valy2->val_class)
+ return false;
+ switch (valx2->val_class)
+ {
+ case dw_val_class_const:
+ return valx2->v.val_int == valy2->v.val_int;
+ case dw_val_class_vec:
+ return valx2->v.val_vec.elt_size == valy2->v.val_vec.elt_size
+ && valx2->v.val_vec.length == valy2->v.val_vec.length
+ && memcmp (valx2->v.val_vec.array, valy2->v.val_vec.array,
+ valx2->v.val_vec.elt_size
+ * valx2->v.val_vec.length) == 0;
+ case dw_val_class_const_double:
+ return valx2->v.val_double.low == valy2->v.val_double.low
+ && valx2->v.val_double.high == valy2->v.val_double.high;
+ default:
+ gcc_unreachable ();
+ }
+ case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
+ case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
+ return valx1->v.val_int == valy1->v.val_int
+ && valx2->v.val_die_ref.die == valy2->v.val_die_ref.die;
+ case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
+ case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
+ if (valx1->val_class != valy1->val_class)
+ return false;
+ if (valx1->val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
+ return valx1->v.val_unsigned == valy1->v.val_unsigned;
+ return valx1->v.val_die_ref.die == valy1->v.val_die_ref.die;
+ case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
+ return valx1->val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref
+ && valx1->val_class == valy1->val_class
+ && valx1->v.val_die_ref.die == valy1->v.val_die_ref.die;
default:
/* Other codes have no operands. */
return true;
htab_t comdat_type_table;
unsigned int i;
+ /* PCH might result in DW_AT_producer string being restored from the
+ header compilation, fix it up if needed. */
+ dw_attr_ref producer = get_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_producer);
+ if (strcmp (AT_string (producer), producer_string) != 0)
+ {
+ struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (producer_string);
+ producer->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
+ }
+
gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies ();
gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die,
VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable,
+ false,
DW_AT_location);
}
{
dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
- if (origin)
+ if (origin && origin->die_parent)
add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
else if (is_cu_die (die))
;
limbo_die_list = NULL;
+#if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
+ {
+ dw_die_ref die = comp_unit_die (), c;
+ FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, gcc_assert (! c->die_mark));
+ }
+#endif
resolve_addr (comp_unit_die ());
+ move_marked_base_types ();
for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next)
{
/* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
They will go into limbo_die_list. */
- if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
+ if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && ! use_debug_types)
break_out_includes (comp_unit_die ());
/* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
- if (dwarf_version >= 4)
+ if (use_debug_types)
{
break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die ());
if (!have_multiple_function_sections
|| (dwarf_version < 3 && dwarf_strict))
{
- add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
- add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
+ /* Don't add if the CU has no associated code. */
+ if (text_section_used)
+ {
+ add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
+ add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
+ }
}
-
else
{
- unsigned fde_idx = 0;
+ unsigned fde_idx;
+ dw_fde_ref fde;
bool range_list_added = false;
- /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
- "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
- absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
- DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
- Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
- add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
- add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
-
if (text_section_used)
add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), text_section_label,
text_end_label, &range_list_added);
- if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && cold_text_section_used)
+ if (cold_text_section_used)
add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), cold_text_section_label,
cold_end_label, &range_list_added);
- for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
+ FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_fde_ref, fde_vec, fde_idx, fde)
{
- dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
-
- if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
- {
- if (!fde->in_std_section)
- add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (),
- fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
- fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
- &range_list_added);
- if (!fde->cold_in_std_section)
- add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (),
- fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
- fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
- &range_list_added);
- }
- else if (!fde->in_std_section)
+ if (!fde->in_std_section)
add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), fde->dw_fde_begin,
fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
+ if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && !fde->second_in_std_section)
+ add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), fde->dw_fde_second_begin,
+ fde->dw_fde_second_end, &range_list_added);
}
if (range_list_added)
- add_ranges (NULL);
+ {
+ /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
+ "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
+ absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
+ DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
+ Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
+ add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
+ if (! dwarf_strict && dwarf_version < 4)
+ add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
+
+ add_ranges (NULL);
+ }
}
if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
debug_line_section_label);
if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
- add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
+ add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die (),
+ dwarf_strict ? DW_AT_macro_info : DW_AT_GNU_macros,
+ macinfo_section_label);
if (have_location_lists)
optimize_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die (), debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE);
/* Output the abbreviation table. */
- switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
- ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
- output_abbrev_section ();
+ if (abbrev_die_table_in_use != 1)
+ {
+ switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
+ ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
+ output_abbrev_section ();
+ }
/* Output location list section if necessary. */
if (have_location_lists)
}
}
- /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
- if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry, dcall_table))
- {
- switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section);
- output_dcall_table ();
- }
- if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry, vcall_table))
+ /* Output the address range information if a CU (.debug_info section)
+ was emitted. We output an empty table even if we had no functions
+ to put in it. This because the consumer has no way to tell the
+ difference between an empty table that we omitted and failure to
+ generate a table that would have contained data. */
+ if (info_section_emitted)
{
- switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section);
- output_vcall_table ();
- }
+ unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
- /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
- table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
- if (arange_table_in_use)
- {
switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
- output_aranges ();
+ output_aranges (aranges_length);
}
/* Output ranges section if necessary. */
output_ranges ();
}
+ /* Have to end the macro section. */
+ if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
+ {
+ switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
+ ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
+ if (!VEC_empty (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table))
+ output_macinfo ();
+ dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
+ }
+
/* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
output_line_info ();
- /* Have to end the macro section. */
- if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
- {
- switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
- ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
- if (!VEC_empty (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table))
- output_macinfo ();
- dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
- }
-
/* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
table too. */
if (debug_str_hash)